SemaDecl.cpp revision d63b19ea855a66df8c58764604d48497c48829d9
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20#include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 30#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 31#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 44#include <algorithm> 45#include <cstring> 46#include <functional> 47using namespace clang; 48using namespace sema; 49 50Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 51 if (OwnedType) { 52 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 53 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 54 } 55 56 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 57} 58 59namespace { 60 61class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 62 public: 63 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false) 64 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) { 65 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 66 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 67 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 68 } 69 70 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 71 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) 72 return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && 73 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 74 else 75 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 76 } 77 78 private: 79 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 80 bool WantClassName; 81}; 82 83} 84 85/// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 86bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 87 switch (Kind) { 88 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 89 // token kind is a valid type specifier 90 case tok::kw_short: 91 case tok::kw_long: 92 case tok::kw___int64: 93 case tok::kw___int128: 94 case tok::kw_signed: 95 case tok::kw_unsigned: 96 case tok::kw_void: 97 case tok::kw_char: 98 case tok::kw_int: 99 case tok::kw_half: 100 case tok::kw_float: 101 case tok::kw_double: 102 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 103 case tok::kw_bool: 104 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 105 return true; 106 107 case tok::annot_typename: 108 case tok::kw_char16_t: 109 case tok::kw_char32_t: 110 case tok::kw_typeof: 111 case tok::kw_decltype: 112 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 113 114 default: 115 break; 116 } 117 118 return false; 119} 120 121/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 122/// return the declaration of that type. 123/// 124/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 125/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 126/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 127/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 128/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 129/// 130/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 131/// and then return NULL. 132ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 133 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 134 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 135 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 136 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 137 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 138 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 139 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 140 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 141 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 142 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 143 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 144 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 145 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 146 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 147 148 if (!LookupCtx) { 149 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 150 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 151 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 152 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 153 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 154 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 155 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 156 // 157 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 158 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 159 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 160 return ParsedType(); 161 162 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 163 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 164 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 165 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 166 167 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 168 QualType T = 169 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 170 II, NameLoc); 171 172 return ParsedType::make(T); 173 } 174 175 return ParsedType(); 176 } 177 178 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 179 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 180 return ParsedType(); 181 } 182 183 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 184 // lookup for class-names. 185 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 186 LookupOrdinaryName; 187 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 188 if (LookupCtx) { 189 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 190 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 191 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 192 // nested-name-specifier. 193 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 194 195 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 196 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 197 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 198 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 199 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 200 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 201 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 202 LookupName(Result, S); 203 } 204 } else { 205 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 206 LookupName(Result, S); 207 } 208 209 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 210 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 211 case LookupResult::NotFound: 212 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 213 if (CorrectedII) { 214 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 215 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 216 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 217 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 218 TemplateTy Template; 219 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 220 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 221 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 222 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 223 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 224 if (SS && NNS) { 225 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 226 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 227 } 228 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 229 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 230 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 231 // is handled elsewhere). 232 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 233 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 234 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 235 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 236 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 237 IsCtorOrDtorName, 238 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 239 if (Ty) { 240 std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 241 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr( 242 Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 243 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 244 << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName 245 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 246 CorrectedStr); 247 if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) 248 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 249 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 250 251 if (SS && NNS) 252 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 253 *CorrectedII = NewII; 254 return Ty; 255 } 256 } 257 } 258 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 259 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 260 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 261 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 262 return ParsedType(); 263 264 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 265 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 266 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 267 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 268 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 269 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 270 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 271 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 272 return ParsedType(); 273 } 274 275 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 276 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 277 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 278 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 279 if (!IIDecl || 280 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 281 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 282 IIDecl = *Res; 283 } 284 } 285 286 if (!IIDecl) { 287 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 288 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 289 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 290 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 291 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 292 // a type name. 293 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 294 return ParsedType(); 295 } 296 297 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 298 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 299 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 300 // perform the name lookup again. 301 break; 302 303 case LookupResult::Found: 304 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 305 break; 306 } 307 308 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 309 310 QualType T; 311 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 312 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 313 314 if (T.isNull()) 315 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 316 317 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 318 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 319 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 320 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 321 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 322 // Construct a type with type-source information. 323 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 324 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 325 326 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 327 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 328 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 329 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 330 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 331 } else { 332 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 333 } 334 } 335 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 336 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 337 if (!HasTrailingDot) 338 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 339 } 340 341 if (T.isNull()) { 342 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 343 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 344 return ParsedType(); 345 } 346 return ParsedType::make(T); 347} 348 349/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 350/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 351/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 352/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 353/// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 354DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 355 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 356 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 357 LookupName(R, S, false); 358 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 359 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 360 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 361 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 362 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 363 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 364 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 365 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 366 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 367 } 368 } 369 370 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 371} 372 373/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 374/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 375/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 376/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 377/// @code 378/// template<class T> class A { 379/// public: 380/// typedef int TYPE; 381/// }; 382/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 383/// public: 384/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 385/// }; 386/// @endcode 387bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 388 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 389 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 390 391 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 392 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 393 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 394 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 395 return true; 396 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 397 } 398 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 399} 400 401bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 402 SourceLocation IILoc, 403 Scope *S, 404 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 405 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 406 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 407 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 408 409 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 410 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 411 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false); 412 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 413 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 414 Validator)) { 415 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 416 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 417 418 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 419 // We corrected to a keyword. 420 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 421 if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID())) 422 CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr; 423 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 424 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 425 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 426 II = NewII; 427 } else { 428 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 429 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 430 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 431 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 432 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 433 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 434 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 435 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 436 << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() 437 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 438 CorrectedStr); 439 else 440 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 441 442 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 443 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 444 445 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 446 false, false, ParsedType(), 447 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 448 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 449 } 450 return true; 451 } 452 453 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 454 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 455 UnqualifiedId Name; 456 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 457 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 458 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 459 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 460 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 461 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 462 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 463 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 464 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 465 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 466 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 467 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 468 } 469 return true; 470 } 471 } 472 473 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 474 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 475 476 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 477 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 478 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 479 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 480 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 481 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 482 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 483 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 484 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 485 486 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 487 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 488 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 489 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 490 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 491 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 492 } else { 493 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 494 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 495 } 496 497 return true; 498} 499 500/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 501/// or 502static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 503 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 504 NextToken.is(tok::less); 505 506 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 507 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 508 return true; 509 510 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 511 return true; 512 } 513 514 return false; 515} 516 517static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 518 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 519 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 520 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 521 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 522 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 523 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 524 const char *TagName = 0; 525 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 526 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 527 case TTK_Class: 528 TagName = "class"; 529 FixItTagName = "class "; 530 break; 531 532 case TTK_Enum: 533 TagName = "enum"; 534 FixItTagName = "enum "; 535 break; 536 537 case TTK_Struct: 538 TagName = "struct"; 539 FixItTagName = "struct "; 540 break; 541 542 case TTK_Interface: 543 TagName = "__interface"; 544 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 545 break; 546 547 case TTK_Union: 548 TagName = "union"; 549 FixItTagName = "union "; 550 break; 551 } 552 553 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 554 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 555 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 556 557 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 558 I != IEnd; ++I) 559 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 560 << Name << TagName; 561 562 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 563 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 564 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 565 return true; 566 } 567 568 return false; 569} 570 571/// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 572static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 573 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 574 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 575 576 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 577 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 578 579 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 580 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 581 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 582 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 583 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 584} 585 586Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 587 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 588 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 589 SourceLocation NameLoc, 590 const Token &NextToken, 591 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 592 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 593 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 594 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 595 596 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 597 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 598 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 599 600 } 601 602 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 603 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 604 605 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 606 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 607 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 608 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 609 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 610 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 611 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 612 return E; 613 } 614 615 bool SecondTry = false; 616 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 617 618Corrected: 619 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 620 case LookupResult::NotFound: 621 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 622 // call. 623 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 624 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 625 // FIXME: Reference? 626 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 627 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 628 629 // C90 6.3.2.2: 630 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 631 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 632 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 633 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 634 // the function call, the declaration 635 // 636 // extern int identifier (); 637 // 638 // appeared. 639 // 640 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 641 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 642 Result.addDecl(D); 643 Result.resolveKind(); 644 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 645 } 646 } 647 648 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 649 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 650 // "struct", or "union". 651 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 652 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 653 break; 654 } 655 656 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 657 // close to this name. 658 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 659 SecondTry = true; 660 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 661 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 662 &SS, *CCC)) { 663 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 664 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 665 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 666 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 667 668 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 669 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 670 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 671 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 672 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 673 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 674 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 675 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 676 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 677 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 678 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 679 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 680 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 681 } 682 683 if (SS.isEmpty()) 684 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 685 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 686 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 687 else // FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 688 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 689 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 690 << SS.getRange() 691 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 692 CorrectedStr); 693 694 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 695 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 696 697 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 698 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 699 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 700 701 // Also update the LookupResult... 702 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 703 Result.clear(); 704 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 705 if (FirstDecl) { 706 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 707 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 708 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 709 } 710 711 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 712 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 713 // reference the ivar. 714 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 715 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 716 Result.clear(); 717 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 718 return E; 719 } 720 721 goto Corrected; 722 } 723 } 724 725 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 726 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 727 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 728 729 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 730 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 731 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 732 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 733 734 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 735 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 736 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 737 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 738 // qualified by the keyword typename. 739 // 740 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 741 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 742 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 743 // keyword here. 744 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 745 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 746 /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 747 } 748 749 case LookupResult::Found: 750 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 751 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 752 break; 753 754 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 755 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 756 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 757 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 758 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 759 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 760 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 761 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 762 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 763 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 764 // ambiguous. 765 // 766 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 767 // so try again after filtering out template names. 768 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 769 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 770 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 771 break; 772 } 773 } 774 775 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 776 return NameClassification::Error(); 777 } 778 779 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 780 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 781 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 782 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 783 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 784 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 785 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 786 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 787 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 788 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 789 790 if (!Result.empty()) { 791 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 792 TemplateName Template; 793 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 794 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 795 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 796 Result.end()); 797 } else { 798 TemplateDecl *TD 799 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 800 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 801 802 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 803 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 804 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 805 TD); 806 else 807 Template = TemplateName(TD); 808 } 809 810 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 811 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 812 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 813 // to based on which function we selected. 814 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 815 816 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 817 } 818 819 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 820 } 821 } 822 823 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 824 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 825 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 826 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 827 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 828 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 829 return ParsedType::make(T); 830 } 831 832 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 833 if (!Class) { 834 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 835 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 836 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 837 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 838 } 839 840 if (Class) { 841 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 842 843 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 844 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 845 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 846 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 847 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 848 } 849 850 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 851 return ParsedType::make(T); 852 } 853 854 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 855 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 856 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 857 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 858 859 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 860 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 861 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 862 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 863 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 864 (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 865 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 866 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 867 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 868 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 869 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 870 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 871 return ParsedType::make(T); 872 } 873 } 874 875 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 876 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 877 878 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 879 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 880} 881 882// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 883// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 884// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 885DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 886 887 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 888 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 889 // the context we'll need to return to. 890 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 891 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 892 893 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 894 // lexical context. 895 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 896 return DC; 897 898 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 899 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 900 // class is the context we need to return to. 901 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 902 DC = RD; 903 904 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 905 // declared in. 906 return DC; 907 } 908 909 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 910} 911 912void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 913 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 914 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 915 CurContext = DC; 916 S->setEntity(DC); 917} 918 919void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 920 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 921 922 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 923 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 924} 925 926/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 927/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 928/// 929void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 930 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 931 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 932 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 933 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 934 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 935 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 936 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 937 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 938 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 939 // namespace. 940 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 941 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 942 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 943 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 944 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 945 946 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 947 948#ifndef NDEBUG 949 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 950 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 951 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 952#endif 953 954 CurContext = DC; 955 S->setEntity(DC); 956} 957 958void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 959 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 960 961 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 962 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 963 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 964 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 965 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 966 967 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 968 // disappear. 969} 970 971 972void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 973 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 974 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 975 // We assume that the caller has already called 976 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 977 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 978 } 979 if (!FD) 980 return; 981 982 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 983 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 984 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 985 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 986 CurContext = FD; 987 S->setEntity(CurContext); 988 989 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 990 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 991 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 992 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 993 S->AddDecl(Param); 994 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 995 } 996 } 997} 998 999 1000void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1001 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1002 // rather than the top-level class. 1003 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1004 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1005 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1006} 1007 1008 1009/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1010/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1011/// 1012/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1013/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1014/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1015/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1016/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1017/// attribute. 1018static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1019 ASTContext &Context) { 1020 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1021 return true; 1022 1023 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1024 return true; 1025 1026 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1027 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1028} 1029 1030/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1031void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1032 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1033 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1034 // scope. 1035 while (S->getEntity() && 1036 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 1037 S = S->getParent(); 1038 1039 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1040 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1041 // into any context. 1042 if (AddToContext) 1043 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1044 1045 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 1046 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 1047 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 1048 D->isOutOfLine() && 1049 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1050 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 1051 return; 1052 1053 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1054 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1055 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1056 return; 1057 1058 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1059 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1060 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1061 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1062 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1063 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1064 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1065 1066 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1067 break; 1068 } 1069 } 1070 1071 S->AddDecl(D); 1072 1073 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1074 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1075 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1076 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1077 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1078 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1079 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1080 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1081 continue; 1082 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1083 break; 1084 } 1085 1086 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1087 } else { 1088 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1089 } 1090} 1091 1092void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1093 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1094 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1095} 1096 1097bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1098 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1099 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, 1100 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 1101} 1102 1103Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1104 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1105 do { 1106 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 1107 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1108 return S; 1109 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1110 1111 return 0; 1112} 1113 1114static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1115 DeclContext*, 1116 ASTContext&); 1117 1118/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1119/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1120void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 1121 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1122 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1123 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1124 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1125 while (F.hasNext()) { 1126 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1127 1128 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 1129 continue; 1130 1131 if (ConsiderLinkage && 1132 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1133 continue; 1134 1135 F.erase(); 1136 } 1137 1138 F.done(); 1139} 1140 1141static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1142 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1143 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1144 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1145} 1146 1147/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1148static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1149 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1150 while (F.hasNext()) 1151 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1152 F.erase(); 1153 1154 F.done(); 1155} 1156 1157/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1158/// @code 1159/// class S { 1160/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1161/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1162/// }; 1163/// @endcode 1164static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1165 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1166 // the decl here. 1167 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1168 return false; 1169 1170 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1171 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1172 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1173 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1174 return false; 1175} 1176 1177bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1178 assert(D); 1179 1180 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1181 return false; 1182 1183 // Ignore class templates. 1184 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1185 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1186 return false; 1187 1188 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1189 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1190 return false; 1191 1192 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1193 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1194 return false; 1195 } else { 1196 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 1197 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1198 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 1199 return false; 1200 } 1201 1202 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1203 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1204 return false; 1205 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1206 // Don't warn on variables of const-qualified or reference type, since their 1207 // values can be used even if though they're not odr-used, and because const 1208 // qualified variables can appear in headers in contexts where they're not 1209 // intended to be used. 1210 // FIXME: Use more principled rules for these exemptions. 1211 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 1212 VD->getType().isConstQualified() || 1213 VD->getType()->isReferenceType() || 1214 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1215 return false; 1216 1217 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1218 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1219 return false; 1220 1221 } else { 1222 return false; 1223 } 1224 1225 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1226 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 1227 return false; 1228 1229 return true; 1230} 1231 1232void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1233 if (!D) 1234 return; 1235 1236 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1237 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1238 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1239 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1240 } 1241 1242 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1243 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1244 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1245 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1246 } 1247 1248 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1249 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1250} 1251 1252static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1253 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1254 return false; 1255 1256 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1257 return false; 1258 1259 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1260 return true; 1261 1262 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1263 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1264 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1265 return false; 1266 1267 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1268 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1269 1270 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1271 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1272 1273 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1274 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1275 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1276 return false; 1277 } 1278 1279 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1280 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1281 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1282 return false; 1283 1284 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1285 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1286 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1287 return false; 1288 1289 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1290 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1291 return false; 1292 1293 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1294 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1295 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1296 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1297 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1298 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1299 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1300 if (!CD->isTrivial()) 1301 return false; 1302 } 1303 } 1304 } 1305 } 1306 1307 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1308 } 1309 1310 return true; 1311} 1312 1313static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1314 FixItHint &Hint) { 1315 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1316 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1317 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1318 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1319 return; 1320 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1321 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1322 } 1323 return; 1324} 1325 1326/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1327/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1328void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1329 FixItHint Hint; 1330 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1331 return; 1332 1333 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1334 1335 unsigned DiagID; 1336 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1337 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1338 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1339 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1340 else 1341 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1342 1343 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1344} 1345 1346static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1347 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1348 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1349 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1350 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1351 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1352} 1353 1354void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1355 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1356 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1357 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1358 1359 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1360 I != E; ++I) { 1361 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1362 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1363 1364 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1365 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1366 1367 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1368 1369 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1370 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1371 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1372 1373 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1374 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1375 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1376 1377 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1378 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1379 } 1380} 1381 1382void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() { 1383 ++InFunctionDeclarator; 1384} 1385 1386void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() { 1387 assert(InFunctionDeclarator); 1388 --InFunctionDeclarator; 1389} 1390 1391/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1392/// 1393/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1394/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1395/// to the fixed name. 1396/// 1397/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1398/// 1399/// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1400/// if there is no class with the given name. 1401/// 1402/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1403/// class could not be found. 1404ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1405 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1406 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1407 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1408 // creation from this context. 1409 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1410 1411 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1412 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1413 // find an Objective-C class name. 1414 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1415 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1416 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1417 Validator)) { 1418 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1419 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1420 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1421 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1422 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1423 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1424 1425 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1426 } 1427 } 1428 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1429 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1430 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1431 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1432 return Def; 1433} 1434 1435/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1436/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1437/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1438/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1439/// ill-formed in C++: 1440/// @code 1441/// struct S6 { 1442/// enum { BAR } e; 1443/// }; 1444/// 1445/// void test_S6() { 1446/// struct S6 a; 1447/// a.e = BAR; 1448/// } 1449/// @endcode 1450/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1451/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1452/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1453/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1454/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1455/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1456/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1457/// contain non-field names. 1458Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1459 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1460 (S->getEntity() && 1461 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1462 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1463 S = S->getParent(); 1464 return S; 1465} 1466 1467/// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1468/// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1469/// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1470/// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1471static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1472 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1473 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1474 return; 1475 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1476 1477 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1478 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1479 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1480 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1481 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1482 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1483} 1484 1485/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1486/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1487/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1488/// built-in. 1489NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1490 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1491 SourceLocation Loc) { 1492 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1493 1494 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1495 1496 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1497 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1498 switch (Error) { 1499 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1500 // Okay 1501 break; 1502 1503 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1504 if (ForRedeclaration) 1505 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1506 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1507 return 0; 1508 1509 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1510 if (ForRedeclaration) 1511 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1512 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1513 return 0; 1514 1515 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1516 if (ForRedeclaration) 1517 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1518 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1519 return 0; 1520 } 1521 1522 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1523 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1524 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1525 << R; 1526 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1527 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1528 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1529 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1530 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1531 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1532 } 1533 1534 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1535 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1536 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1537 SC_Extern, 1538 SC_None, false, 1539 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1540 New->setImplicit(); 1541 1542 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1543 // FunctionDecl. 1544 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1545 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1546 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1547 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1548 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1549 SourceLocation(), 0, 1550 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1551 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 1552 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1553 Params.push_back(parm); 1554 } 1555 New->setParams(Params); 1556 } 1557 1558 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1559 1560 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1561 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1562 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1563 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1564 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1565 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1566 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1567 CurContext = SavedContext; 1568 return New; 1569} 1570 1571bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1572 QualType OldType; 1573 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1574 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1575 else 1576 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1577 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1578 1579 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1580 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1581 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1582 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1583 << Kind << NewType; 1584 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1585 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1586 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1587 return true; 1588 } 1589 1590 if (OldType != NewType && 1591 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1592 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1593 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1594 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1595 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1596 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1597 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1598 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1599 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1600 return true; 1601 } 1602 return false; 1603} 1604 1605/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1606/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1607/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1608/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1609/// 1610void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1611 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1612 // merging checks. 1613 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1614 1615 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1616 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1617 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1618 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1619 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1620 default: break; 1621 case 2: 1622 { 1623 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1624 break; 1625 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1626 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1627 break; 1628 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1629 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1630 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1631 break; 1632 } 1633 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1634 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1635 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1636 return; 1637 } 1638 case 5: 1639 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1640 break; 1641 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1642 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1643 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1644 return; 1645 case 3: 1646 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1647 break; 1648 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1649 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1650 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1651 return; 1652 } 1653 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1654 } 1655 1656 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1657 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1658 if (!Old) { 1659 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1660 << New->getDeclName(); 1661 1662 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1663 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1664 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1665 1666 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1667 } 1668 1669 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1670 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1671 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1672 1673 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1674 // with any extensions enabled. 1675 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1676 return; 1677 1678 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1679 // declaration was a typedef. 1680 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1681 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1682 1683 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1684 return; 1685 1686 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1687 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1688 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1689 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1690 // to the type to which it already refers. 1691 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1692 return; 1693 1694 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1695 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1696 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1697 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1698 // 1699 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1700 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1701 // 1702 // struct S { 1703 // typedef struct A { } A; 1704 // }; 1705 // 1706 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1707 // allow the above but disallow 1708 // 1709 // struct S { 1710 // typedef int I; 1711 // typedef int I; 1712 // }; 1713 // 1714 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1715 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1716 return; 1717 1718 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1719 << New->getDeclName(); 1720 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1721 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1722 } 1723 1724 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1725 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1726 return; 1727 1728 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1729 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1730 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1731 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1732 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1733 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1734 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1735 return; 1736 1737 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1738 << New->getDeclName(); 1739 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1740 return; 1741} 1742 1743/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1744/// attribute. 1745static bool 1746DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1747 // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy 1748 // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is 1749 // responsible for making sure they are consistent. 1750 const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A); 1751 if (AA) 1752 return false; 1753 1754 // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated. 1755 switch (A->getKind()) { 1756 case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired: 1757 case attr::SharedLocksRequired: 1758 case attr::LocksExcluded: 1759 case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction: 1760 case attr::SharedLockFunction: 1761 case attr::UnlockFunction: 1762 case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction: 1763 case attr::SharedTrylockFunction: 1764 case attr::GuardedBy: 1765 case attr::PtGuardedBy: 1766 case attr::AcquiredBefore: 1767 case attr::AcquiredAfter: 1768 return false; 1769 default: 1770 ; 1771 } 1772 1773 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1774 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1775 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1776 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1777 if (Ann) { 1778 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1779 return true; 1780 continue; 1781 } 1782 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1783 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1784 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1785 return true; 1786 } 1787 1788 return false; 1789} 1790 1791bool Sema::mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr) { 1792 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL; 1793 if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) { 1794 NewAttr = mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 1795 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 1796 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 1797 AA->getMessage()); 1798 if (NewAttr) { 1799 NamedDecl *ND = cast<NamedDecl>(D); 1800 ND->ClearLVCache(); 1801 } 1802 } else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) { 1803 NewAttr = mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility()); 1804 if (NewAttr) { 1805 NamedDecl *ND = cast<NamedDecl>(D); 1806 ND->ClearLVCache(); 1807 } 1808 } else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 1809 NewAttr = mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange()); 1810 else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 1811 NewAttr = mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange()); 1812 else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 1813 NewAttr = mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 1814 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg()); 1815 else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 1816 NewAttr = mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName()); 1817 else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 1818 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(Context)); 1819 1820 if (NewAttr) { 1821 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 1822 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 1823 return true; 1824 } 1825 1826 return false; 1827} 1828 1829static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 1830 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1831 return TD->getDefinition(); 1832 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1833 return VD->getDefinition(); 1834 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1835 const FunctionDecl* Def; 1836 if (FD->hasBody(Def)) 1837 return Def; 1838 } 1839 return NULL; 1840} 1841 1842static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 1843 for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end(); 1844 I != E; ++I) { 1845 Attr *Attribute = *I; 1846 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 1847 return true; 1848 } 1849 return false; 1850} 1851 1852/// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 1853/// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 1854static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 1855 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 1856 return; 1857 1858 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 1859 if (!Def || Def == New) 1860 return; 1861 1862 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 1863 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 1864 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 1865 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 1866 ++I; 1867 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 1868 } 1869 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 1870 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 1871 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1872 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 1873 --E; 1874 } 1875} 1876 1877/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1878void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, 1879 bool MergeDeprecation) { 1880 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 1881 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 1882 1883 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 1884 return; 1885 1886 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 1887 1888 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1889 // we process them. 1890 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1891 1892 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1893 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1894 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 1895 i != e; ++i) { 1896 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 1897 if (!MergeDeprecation && 1898 (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 1899 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 1900 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i))) 1901 continue; 1902 1903 if (mergeDeclAttribute(New, *i)) 1904 foundAny = true; 1905 } 1906 1907 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 1908} 1909 1910/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1911/// to the new one. 1912static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1913 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1914 ASTContext &C) { 1915 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1916 return; 1917 1918 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1919 1920 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1921 // done before we process them. 1922 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1923 1924 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1925 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1926 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1927 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1928 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1929 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1930 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1931 foundAny = true; 1932 } 1933 } 1934 1935 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1936} 1937 1938namespace { 1939 1940/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1941/// C. 1942struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1943 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1944 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1945 QualType PromotedType; 1946}; 1947 1948} 1949 1950/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1951Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1952 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1953 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 1954 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 1955 1956 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1957 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1958 1959 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 1960 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 1961 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 1962 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1963 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 1964 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1965 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 1966 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 1967 } 1968 1969 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 1970} 1971 1972/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1973/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1974/// GNU89 mode. 1975static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1976 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1977 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 1978 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1979 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1980 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1981} 1982 1983/// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given 1984/// declaration? 1985static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) { 1986 CallingConv ABIDefaultCC; 1987 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) { 1988 ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic()); 1989 } else { 1990 // Free C function or a static method. 1991 ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C); 1992 } 1993 return ABIDefaultCC == CC; 1994} 1995 1996/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1997/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1998/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1999/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2000/// 2001/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2002/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2003/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2004/// merged with. 2005/// 2006/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2007bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) { 2008 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2009 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 2010 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 2011 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 2012 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 2013 else 2014 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 2015 if (!Old) { 2016 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2017 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2018 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2019 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2020 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2021 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2022 return true; 2023 } 2024 2025 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2026 << New->getDeclName(); 2027 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2028 return true; 2029 } 2030 2031 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 2032 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 2033 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2034 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2035 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2036 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 2037 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2038 else 2039 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2040 2041 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2042 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2043 2044 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2045 // is an extern inline function. 2046 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2047 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2048 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2049 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2050 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2051 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 2052 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2053 } else { 2054 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2055 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2056 return true; 2057 } 2058 } 2059 2060 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 2061 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 2062 // calling convention of the first. 2063 // 2064 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2065 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2066 // 2067 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 2068 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 2069 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 2070 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 2071 // because it is the default calling convention. 2072 // 2073 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2074 // other tests to run. 2075 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2076 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2077 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2078 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2079 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2080 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2081 // Fast path: nothing to do. 2082 2083 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2084 // there but not here. 2085 } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 2086 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2087 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2088 2089 // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is 2090 // effectively the same as the explict one. 2091 } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default && 2092 isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), New)) { 2093 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2094 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2095 2096 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 2097 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 2098 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 2099 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2100 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2101 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 2102 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 2103 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 2104 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2105 return true; 2106 } 2107 2108 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2109 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2110 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2111 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2112 } 2113 2114 // Merge regparm attribute. 2115 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2116 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2117 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2118 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2119 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2120 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2121 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2122 return true; 2123 } 2124 2125 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2126 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2127 } 2128 2129 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2130 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2131 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2132 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2133 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2134 return true; 2135 } 2136 2137 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2138 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2139 } 2140 2141 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2142 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 2143 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 2144 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2145 } 2146 2147 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2148 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2149 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2150 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2151 // cannot be overloaded. 2152 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 2153 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 2154 QualType ResQT; 2155 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2156 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2157 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2158 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2159 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2160 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2161 Diag(New->getLocation(), 2162 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 2163 else 2164 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 2165 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2166 return true; 2167 } 2168 else 2169 NewQType = ResQT; 2170 } 2171 2172 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2173 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2174 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2175 // Preserve triviality. 2176 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2177 2178 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2179 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2180 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 2181 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2182 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2183 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2184 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2185 2186 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2187 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2188 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2189 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2190 // is a static member function declaration. 2191 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2192 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2193 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2194 return true; 2195 } 2196 2197 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2198 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2199 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2200 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2201 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2202 unsigned NewDiag; 2203 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2204 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2205 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2206 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2207 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2208 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2209 else 2210 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2211 2212 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2213 } else { 2214 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2215 << New << New->getType(); 2216 } 2217 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2218 2219 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2220 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2221 // 2222 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2223 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2224 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2225 if (isFriend) { 2226 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2227 } else { 2228 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2229 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2230 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2231 return true; 2232 } 2233 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2234 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2235 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2236 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2237 return true; 2238 } 2239 } 2240 2241 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2242 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2243 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2244 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2245 2246 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2247 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2248 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2249 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2250 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2251 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2252 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2253 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2254 } 2255 2256 if (!Old->hasCLanguageLinkage() && New->hasCLanguageLinkage()) { 2257 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2258 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2259 return true; 2260 } 2261 2262 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2263 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2264 2265 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2266 } 2267 2268 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2269 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2270 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2271 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2272 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2273 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2274 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 2275 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2276 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2277 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2278 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2279 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2280 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2281 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 2282 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 2283 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 2284 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2285 New->setType(NewQType); 2286 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2287 2288 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 2289 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2290 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 2291 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2292 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 2293 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 2294 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 2295 SourceLocation(), 2296 SourceLocation(), 0, 2297 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 2298 SC_None, SC_None, 2299 0); 2300 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2301 Param->setImplicit(); 2302 Params.push_back(Param); 2303 } 2304 2305 New->setParams(Params); 2306 } 2307 2308 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2309 } 2310 2311 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2312 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2313 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2314 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2315 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2316 // the prototype. 2317 // 2318 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2319 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2320 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2321 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2322 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2323 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2324 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2325 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2326 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2327 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2328 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2329 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2330 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2331 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2332 2333 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2334 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 2335 NewProto->getResultType()); 2336 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2337 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2338 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2339 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2340 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2341 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2342 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 2343 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2344 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2345 NewParm->getType(), 2346 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2347 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 2348 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 2349 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2350 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2351 } else 2352 LooseCompatible = false; 2353 } 2354 2355 if (LooseCompatible) { 2356 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2357 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2358 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2359 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2360 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2361 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2362 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2363 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2364 } 2365 2366 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 2367 ArgTypes.size(), 2368 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2369 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2370 } 2371 2372 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2373 } 2374 2375 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 2376 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 2377 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 2378 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 2379 // signature. 2380 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2381 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 2382 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 2383 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 2384 // library built-in. 2385 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2386 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2387 << Old << Old->getType(); 2388 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2389 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 2390 return false; 2391 } 2392 2393 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2394 } 2395 2396 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2397 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2398 return true; 2399} 2400 2401/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2402/// known to be compatible. 2403/// 2404/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2405/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 2406/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2407/// redeclaration of Old. 2408/// 2409/// \returns false 2410bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2411 Scope *S) { 2412 // Merge the attributes 2413 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2414 2415 // Merge the storage class. 2416 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 2417 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 2418 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2419 2420 // Merge "pure" flag. 2421 if (Old->isPure()) 2422 New->setPure(); 2423 2424 // Merge "used" flag. 2425 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2426 New->setUsed(); 2427 2428 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2429 // declarations. 2430 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2431 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2432 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2433 Context); 2434 2435 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2436 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2437 2438 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 2439 // and argument types. 2440 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 2441 if (!Merged.isNull()) 2442 New->setType(Merged); 2443 2444 return false; 2445} 2446 2447 2448void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2449 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2450 2451 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2452 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, /* mergeDeprecation */true); 2453 2454 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2455 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2456 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2457 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2458 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2459 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2460 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 2461 2462 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true); 2463} 2464 2465/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2466/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2467/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2468/// 2469/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2470/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2471/// is attached. 2472void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 2473 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2474 return; 2475 2476 QualType MergedT; 2477 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2478 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2479 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 2480 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2481 return; 2482 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2483 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2484 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2485 } 2486 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2487 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2488 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2489 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2490 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2491 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2492 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2493 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2494 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2495 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2496 NewArray->getElementType())) 2497 MergedT = New->getType(); 2498 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2499 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2500 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2501 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2502 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2503 NewArray->getElementType())) 2504 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2505 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2506 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2507 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2508 Old->getType()); 2509 } 2510 } else { 2511 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2512 } 2513 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2514 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2515 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 2516 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2517 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2518 } 2519 New->setType(MergedT); 2520} 2521 2522/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2523/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2524/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2525/// 2526/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2527/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2528/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2529/// 2530void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2531 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2532 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2533 return; 2534 2535 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2536 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2537 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2538 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2539 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2540 << New->getDeclName(); 2541 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2542 diag::note_previous_definition); 2543 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2544 } 2545 2546 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2547 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2548 // 2549 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2550 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2551 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2552 << New->getIdentifier(); 2553 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2554 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2555 } 2556 2557 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2558 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 2559 // declaration 2560 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2561 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2562 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2563 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2564 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2565 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2566 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2567 } 2568 2569 // Merge the types. 2570 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2571 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2572 return; 2573 2574 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2575 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2576 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2577 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2578 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2579 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2580 } 2581 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2582 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2583 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2584 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2585 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2586 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2587 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2588 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2589 // identifier has external linkage. 2590 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2591 /* Okay */; 2592 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2593 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2594 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2595 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2596 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2597 } 2598 2599 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2600 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2601 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2602 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2603 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2604 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2605 } 2606 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2607 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2608 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2609 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2610 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2611 } 2612 2613 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2614 2615 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2616 // need to check for mismatches. 2617 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2618 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2619 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2620 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2621 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2622 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2623 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2624 } 2625 2626 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2627 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2628 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2629 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2630 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2631 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2632 } 2633 2634 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2635 const VarDecl *Def; 2636 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2637 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2638 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2639 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2640 << New->getDeclName(); 2641 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2642 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2643 return; 2644 } 2645 2646 if (!Old->hasCLanguageLinkage() && New->hasCLanguageLinkage()) { 2647 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2648 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2649 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2650 return; 2651 } 2652 2653 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2654 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2655 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2656 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2657 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2658 // specified at the prior declaration. 2659 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2660 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2661 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage) 2662 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2663 2664 // Merge "used" flag. 2665 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2666 New->setUsed(); 2667 2668 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2669 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2670 2671 // Inherit access appropriately. 2672 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2673} 2674 2675/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2676/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2677Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2678 DeclSpec &DS) { 2679 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 2680} 2681 2682/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2683/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template 2684/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 2685Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2686 DeclSpec &DS, 2687 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) { 2688 Decl *TagD = 0; 2689 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2690 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2691 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2692 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 2693 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2694 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2695 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2696 2697 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2698 return 0; 2699 2700 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2701 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2702 // it's a Type. 2703 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 2704 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2705 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 2706 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 2707 } 2708 2709 if (Tag) { 2710 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 2711 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 2712 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 2713 return Tag; 2714 } 2715 2716 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2717 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 2718 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 2719 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2720 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2721 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 2722 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2723 } 2724 2725 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 2726 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 2727 // and definitions of functions and variables. 2728 if (Tag) 2729 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 2730 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2731 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2732 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 2733 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 2734 else 2735 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 2736 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 2737 return TagD; 2738 } 2739 2740 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 2741 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 2742 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 2743 if (TagD && !Tag) 2744 return 0; 2745 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 2746 } 2747 2748 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 2749 // declarators. 2750 bool emittedWarning = false; 2751 2752 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 2753 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 2754 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2755 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 2756 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 2757 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 2758 2759 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2760 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2761 emittedWarning = true; 2762 } 2763 } 2764 2765 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 2766 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2767 CurContext->isRecord() && 2768 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 2769 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 2770 // struct STRUCT; 2771 // and 2772 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 2773 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 2774 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 2775 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 2776 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 2777 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 2778 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2779 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 2780 } 2781 } 2782 2783 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2784 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2785 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 2786 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 2787 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 2788 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2789 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2790 emittedWarning = true; 2791 } 2792 2793 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 2794 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 2795 2796 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 2797 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 2798 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 2799 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2800 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 2801 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 2802 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2803 return Tag; 2804 } 2805 2806 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2807 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2808 emittedWarning = true; 2809 } 2810 2811 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 2812 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 2813 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 2814 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 2815 return TagD; 2816 2817 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 2818 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 2819 // useless. 2820 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 2821 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 2822 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 2823 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 2824 2825 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 2826 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 2827 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2828 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2829 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 2830 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2831 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 2832 // Restrict is covered above. 2833 } 2834 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 2835 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 2836 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 2837 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 2838 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 2839 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 2840 2841 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 2842 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2843 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 2844 << Tag->getTagKind() 2845 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 2846 2847 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 2848 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 2849 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 2850 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 2851 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 2852 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2853 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2854 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 2855 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2856 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2857 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 2858 while (attrs) { 2859 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 2860 << attrs->getName() 2861 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2862 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2863 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 2864 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 2865 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 2866 } 2867 } 2868 } 2869 2870 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 2871 2872 return TagD; 2873} 2874 2875/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 2876/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 2877/// 2878/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 2879static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 2880 Scope *S, 2881 DeclContext *Owner, 2882 DeclarationName Name, 2883 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2884 unsigned diagnostic) { 2885 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 2886 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2887 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 2888 2889 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 2890 return false; 2891 2892 // Pick a representative declaration. 2893 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2894 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 2895 2896 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 2897 return false; 2898 2899 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 2900 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2901 2902 return true; 2903} 2904 2905/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 2906/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 2907/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 2908/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 2909/// struct, e.g., 2910/// 2911/// @code 2912/// union { 2913/// int i; 2914/// float f; 2915/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 2916/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 2917/// @endcode 2918/// 2919/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 2920/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 2921static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 2922 DeclContext *Owner, 2923 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 2924 AccessSpecifier AS, 2925 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 2926 bool MSAnonStruct) { 2927 unsigned diagKind 2928 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 2929 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 2930 2931 bool Invalid = false; 2932 2933 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 2934 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 2935 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 2936 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2937 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 2938 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 2939 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 2940 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 2941 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 2942 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2943 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 2944 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 2945 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 2946 Invalid = true; 2947 } else { 2948 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2949 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 2950 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 2951 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 2952 // anonymous union is declared. 2953 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 2954 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 2955 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 2956 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 2957 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 2958 else 2959 Chaining.push_back(VD); 2960 2961 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 2962 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 2963 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 2964 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 2965 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 2966 2967 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 2968 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 2969 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 2970 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 2971 2972 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2973 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 2974 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 2975 2976 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 2977 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2978 2979 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 2980 } 2981 } 2982 } 2983 2984 return Invalid; 2985} 2986 2987/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2988/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2989/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2990static StorageClass 2991StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2992 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2993 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2994 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2995 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2996 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 2997 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 2998 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2999 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3000 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3001 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3002 } 3003 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3004} 3005 3006/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3007/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3008/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3009static StorageClass 3010StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 3011 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3012 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3013 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 3014 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3015 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3016 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3017 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 3018 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3019 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 3020 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3021 } 3022 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3023} 3024 3025/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3026/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3027/// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3028/// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3029Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3030 AccessSpecifier AS, 3031 RecordDecl *Record) { 3032 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3033 3034 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3035 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3036 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3037 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3038 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3039 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3040 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3041 3042 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3043 // structs/unions. 3044 bool Invalid = false; 3045 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3046 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 3047 unsigned DiagID; 3048 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3049 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3050 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3051 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3052 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3053 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3054 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3055 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3056 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3057 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3058 3059 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3060 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3061 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3062 } 3063 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3064 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3065 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3066 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3067 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3068 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3069 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3070 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3071 3072 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3073 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3074 SourceLocation(), 3075 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3076 } 3077 } 3078 3079 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3080 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3081 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3082 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3083 << Record->isUnion() << 0 3084 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3085 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3086 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3087 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3088 << Record->isUnion() << 1 3089 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3090 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3091 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3092 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3093 << Record->isUnion() << 2 3094 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3095 3096 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3097 } 3098 3099 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3100 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3101 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3102 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3103 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 3104 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 3105 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 3106 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 3107 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3108 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3109 // members (clause 11). 3110 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3111 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3112 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3113 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3114 Invalid = true; 3115 } 3116 3117 // C++ [class.union]p1 3118 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3119 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3120 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3121 // array of such objects. 3122 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3123 Invalid = true; 3124 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 3125 // Any implicit members are fine. 3126 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3127 // This is a type that showed up in an 3128 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3129 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3130 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3131 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 3132 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3133 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3134 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3135 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3136 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3137 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3138 else { 3139 // This is a nested type declaration. 3140 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3141 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3142 Invalid = true; 3143 } 3144 } 3145 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 3146 // Any access specifier is fine. 3147 } else { 3148 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3149 // member. Complain about it. 3150 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3151 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 3152 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3153 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 3154 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3155 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 3156 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3157 3158 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3159 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3160 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3161 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3162 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3163 else { 3164 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 3165 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3166 Invalid = true; 3167 } 3168 } 3169 } 3170 } 3171 3172 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3173 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3174 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3175 Invalid = true; 3176 } 3177 3178 // Mock up a declarator. 3179 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3180 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3181 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3182 3183 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3184 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 3185 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3186 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3187 DS.getLocStart(), 3188 Record->getLocation(), 3189 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3190 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3191 TInfo, 3192 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3193 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3194 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3195 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3196 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3197 } else { 3198 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3199 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3200 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3201 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3202 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3203 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3204 // an error here 3205 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3206 Invalid = true; 3207 SC = SC_None; 3208 } 3209 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3210 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3211 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3212 3213 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3214 DS.getLocStart(), 3215 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3216 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3217 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3218 3219 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3220 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3221 // initializer: 3222 // union { int n = 0; }; 3223 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3224 } 3225 Anon->setImplicit(); 3226 3227 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3228 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3229 // its members. 3230 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3231 3232 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3233 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3234 // purposes. 3235 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3236 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3237 3238 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3239 Chain, false)) 3240 Invalid = true; 3241 3242 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 3243 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 3244 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 3245 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 3246 // builds its lookup table, and once by 3247 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 3248 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3249 3250 if (Invalid) 3251 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3252 3253 return Anon; 3254} 3255 3256/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3257/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3258/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3259/// Example: 3260/// 3261/// struct A { int a; }; 3262/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3263/// 3264/// void foo() { 3265/// B var; 3266/// var.a = 3; 3267/// } 3268/// 3269Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3270 RecordDecl *Record) { 3271 3272 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3273 if (!Record) 3274 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3275 3276 // Mock up a declarator. 3277 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3278 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3279 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3280 3281 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3282 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3283 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3284 DS.getLocStart(), 3285 DS.getLocStart(), 3286 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3287 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3288 TInfo, 3289 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3290 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3291 Anon->setImplicit(); 3292 3293 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3294 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3295 3296 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3297 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3298 // purposes. 3299 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3300 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3301 3302 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 3303 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 3304 RecordDef, AS_none, 3305 Chain, true)) 3306 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3307 3308 return Anon; 3309} 3310 3311/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 3312/// given Declarator. 3313DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 3314 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 3315} 3316 3317/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 3318DeclarationNameInfo 3319Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 3320 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 3321 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3322 3323 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3324 3325 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 3326 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 3327 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 3328 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3329 return NameInfo; 3330 3331 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 3332 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3333 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 3334 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3335 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 3336 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 3337 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 3338 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 3339 return NameInfo; 3340 3341 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 3342 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 3343 Name.Identifier)); 3344 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3345 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3346 return NameInfo; 3347 3348 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3349 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3350 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3351 if (Ty.isNull()) 3352 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3353 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3354 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3355 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3356 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3357 return NameInfo; 3358 } 3359 3360 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3361 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3362 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3363 if (Ty.isNull()) 3364 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3365 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3366 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3367 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3368 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3369 return NameInfo; 3370 } 3371 3372 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3373 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3374 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3375 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3376 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3377 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3378 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3379 3380 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3381 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3382 3383 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3384 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3385 // was qualified. 3386 3387 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3388 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3389 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3390 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3391 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3392 return NameInfo; 3393 } 3394 3395 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3396 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3397 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3398 if (Ty.isNull()) 3399 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3400 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3401 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3402 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3403 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3404 return NameInfo; 3405 } 3406 3407 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3408 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3409 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3410 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3411 } 3412 3413 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3414 3415 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3416} 3417 3418static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3419 do { 3420 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3421 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3422 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3423 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3424 else 3425 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3426 } while (true); 3427} 3428 3429/// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3430/// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3431/// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3432/// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3433/// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3434/// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3435/// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3436static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3437 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3438 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3439 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3440 Params.clear(); 3441 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3442 return false; 3443 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3444 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3445 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3446 3447 // The parameter types are identical 3448 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3449 continue; 3450 3451 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 3452 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 3453 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3454 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3455 3456 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 3457 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 3458 Params.push_back(Idx); 3459 else // The two parameters aren't even close 3460 return false; 3461 } 3462 3463 return true; 3464} 3465 3466/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 3467/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 3468/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 3469/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 3470/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 3471static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 3472 DeclarationName Name) { 3473 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 3474 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 3475 // - types which will become injected class names 3476 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 3477 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 3478 // few cases here. 3479 3480 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 3481 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 3482 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 3483 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 3484 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 3485 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 3486 // Grab the type from the parser. 3487 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 3488 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3489 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3490 3491 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3492 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3493 // attached already. 3494 if (!TSI) 3495 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 3496 3497 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 3498 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 3499 if (!TSI) return true; 3500 3501 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 3502 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 3503 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 3504 break; 3505 } 3506 3507 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 3508 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 3509 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 3510 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 3511 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 3512 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 3513 break; 3514 } 3515 3516 default: 3517 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 3518 break; 3519 } 3520 3521 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 3522 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 3523 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 3524 3525 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 3526 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 3527 // pointer. 3528 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 3529 continue; 3530 3531 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 3532 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 3533 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 3534 return true; 3535 } 3536 3537 return false; 3538} 3539 3540Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3541 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 3542 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3543 3544 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 3545 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 3546 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 3547 3548 return Dcl; 3549} 3550 3551/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3552/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3553/// name different from T: 3554/// - every static data member of class T; 3555/// - every member function of class T 3556/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3557/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3558bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3559 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3560 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3561 3562 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3563 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3564 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3565 return true; 3566 } 3567 3568 return false; 3569} 3570 3571/// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 3572/// nested-name-specifier. 3573/// 3574/// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3575/// 3576/// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 3577/// resolves. 3578/// 3579/// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 3580/// 3581/// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 3582/// 3583/// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 3584bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 3585 DeclarationName Name, 3586 SourceLocation Loc) { 3587 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3588 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3589 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3590 3591 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3592 // A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition 3593 // of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of 3594 // its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function 3595 // or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the 3596 // definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace, 3597 // or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of 3598 // another class or namespace (11.3). [...] 3599 3600 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 3601 // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared. 3602 // 3603 // class X { 3604 // void X::f(); 3605 // }; 3606 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 3607 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 3608 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 3609 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 3610 SS.clear(); 3611 return false; 3612 } 3613 3614 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 3615 // declaration. 3616 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3617 if (Cur->isRecord()) 3618 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3619 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3620 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 3621 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3622 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3623 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3624 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 3625 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3626 else 3627 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3628 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 3629 3630 return true; 3631 } 3632 3633 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 3634 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 3635 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3636 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3637 SS.clear(); 3638 3639 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 3640 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 3641 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 3642 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 3643 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 3644 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 3645 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 3646 return true; 3647 3648 return false; 3649 } 3650 3651 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 3652 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 3653 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 3654 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 3655 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 3656 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 3657 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 3658 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 3659 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 3660 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 3661 3662 return false; 3663} 3664 3665Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 3666 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 3667 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3668 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3669 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3670 3671 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 3672 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 3673 if (!Name) { 3674 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 3675 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 3676 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 3677 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 3678 return 0; 3679 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3680 return 0; 3681 3682 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 3683 // we find one that is. 3684 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 3685 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 3686 S = S->getParent(); 3687 3688 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 3689 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 3690 D.setInvalidType(); 3691 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3692 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3693 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 3694 return 0; 3695 3696 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3697 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 3698 if (!DC) { 3699 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 3700 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 3701 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 3702 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 3703 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3704 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 3705 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 3706 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3707 return 0; 3708 } 3709 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 3710 3711 if (!IsDependentContext && 3712 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 3713 return 0; 3714 3715 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 3716 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3717 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 3718 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3719 D.setInvalidType(); 3720 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3721 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 3722 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 3723 if (DC->isRecord()) 3724 return 0; 3725 3726 D.setInvalidType(); 3727 } 3728 } 3729 3730 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 3731 // declaration in the current instantiation. 3732 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 3733 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 3734 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 3735 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 3736 D.setInvalidType(); 3737 } 3738 } 3739 3740 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 3741 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 3742 // Just return early; it's safer. 3743 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3744 return 0; 3745 3746 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 3747 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3748 3749 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 3750 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3751 D.setInvalidType(); 3752 3753 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 3754 ForRedeclaration); 3755 3756 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 3757 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3758 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 3759 3760 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 3761 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 3762 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 3763 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3764 /* Do nothing*/; 3765 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3766 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3767 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3768 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3769 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 3770 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3771 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 3772 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3773 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3774 3775 if (IsLinkageLookup) 3776 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 3777 3778 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 3779 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 3780 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 3781 3782 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3783 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 3784 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 3785 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 3786 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 3787 // thereof; [...] 3788 // 3789 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 3790 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 3791 // we want to match. For example, given: 3792 // 3793 // class X { 3794 // void f(); 3795 // void f(float); 3796 // }; 3797 // 3798 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 3799 // 3800 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 3801 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 3802 // matches. 3803 3804 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3805 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 3806 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 3807 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3808 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 3809 } 3810 3811 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3812 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 3813 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 3814 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 3815 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3816 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3817 3818 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 3819 Previous.clear(); 3820 } 3821 3822 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 3823 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 3824 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 3825 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 3826 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 3827 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3828 Previous.clear(); 3829 3830 NamedDecl *New; 3831 3832 bool AddToScope = true; 3833 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3834 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 3835 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 3836 return 0; 3837 } 3838 3839 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 3840 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3841 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3842 TemplateParamLists, 3843 AddToScope); 3844 } else { 3845 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3846 TemplateParamLists); 3847 } 3848 3849 if (New == 0) 3850 return 0; 3851 3852 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 3853 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 3854 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 3855 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) 3856 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 3857 3858 return New; 3859} 3860 3861/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 3862/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 3863/// GCC compatibility). 3864static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 3865 ASTContext &Context, 3866 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3867 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3868 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 3869 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 3870 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 3871 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 3872 SizeIsNegative = false; 3873 Oversized = 0; 3874 3875 if (T->isDependentType()) 3876 return QualType(); 3877 3878 QualifierCollector Qs; 3879 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 3880 3881 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 3882 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3883 QualType FixedType = 3884 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3885 Oversized); 3886 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3887 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 3888 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3889 } 3890 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 3891 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 3892 QualType FixedType = 3893 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3894 Oversized); 3895 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3896 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 3897 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3898 } 3899 3900 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 3901 if (!VLATy) 3902 return QualType(); 3903 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 3904 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 3905 return QualType(); 3906 3907 llvm::APSInt Res; 3908 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 3909 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 3910 return QualType(); 3911 3912 // Check whether the array size is negative. 3913 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 3914 SizeIsNegative = true; 3915 return QualType(); 3916 } 3917 3918 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 3919 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 3920 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 3921 Res); 3922 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 3923 Oversized = Res; 3924 return QualType(); 3925 } 3926 3927 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 3928 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 3929} 3930 3931static void 3932FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 3933 if (PointerTypeLoc* SrcPTL = dyn_cast<PointerTypeLoc>(&SrcTL)) { 3934 PointerTypeLoc* DstPTL = cast<PointerTypeLoc>(&DstTL); 3935 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL->getPointeeLoc(), 3936 DstPTL->getPointeeLoc()); 3937 DstPTL->setStarLoc(SrcPTL->getStarLoc()); 3938 return; 3939 } 3940 if (ParenTypeLoc* SrcPTL = dyn_cast<ParenTypeLoc>(&SrcTL)) { 3941 ParenTypeLoc* DstPTL = cast<ParenTypeLoc>(&DstTL); 3942 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL->getInnerLoc(), 3943 DstPTL->getInnerLoc()); 3944 DstPTL->setLParenLoc(SrcPTL->getLParenLoc()); 3945 DstPTL->setRParenLoc(SrcPTL->getRParenLoc()); 3946 return; 3947 } 3948 ArrayTypeLoc* SrcATL = cast<ArrayTypeLoc>(&SrcTL); 3949 ArrayTypeLoc* DstATL = cast<ArrayTypeLoc>(&DstTL); 3950 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL->getElementLoc(); 3951 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL->getElementLoc(); 3952 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 3953 DstATL->setLBracketLoc(SrcATL->getLBracketLoc()); 3954 DstATL->setSizeExpr(SrcATL->getSizeExpr()); 3955 DstATL->setRBracketLoc(SrcATL->getRBracketLoc()); 3956} 3957 3958/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 3959/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 3960/// GCC compatibility). 3961static TypeSourceInfo* 3962TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3963 ASTContext &Context, 3964 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3965 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3966 QualType FixedTy 3967 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 3968 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 3969 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 3970 return 0; 3971 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 3972 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 3973 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 3974 return FixedTInfo; 3975} 3976 3977/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 3978/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 3979void 3980Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 3981 const LookupResult &Previous, 3982 Scope *S) { 3983 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3984 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 3985 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 3986 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 3987 3988 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 3989 return; 3990 3991 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 3992 3993 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 3994 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 3995 // declaration. 3996 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 3997 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 3998 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 3999 4000 if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 4001 // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope. 4002 // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain 4003 // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain. 4004 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND); 4005 4006 } else { 4007 // Find the scope for the original declaration. 4008 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 4009 S = S->getParent(); 4010 } 4011 4012 if (S) 4013 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 4014 } 4015} 4016 4017llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 4018Sema::findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4019 if (ExternalSource) { 4020 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4021 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4022 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternalDecls(Decls); 4023 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4024 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4025 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4026 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4027 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4028 } 4029 } 4030 4031 return LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Name); 4032} 4033 4034/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4035/// does not identify a function. 4036void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 4037 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4038 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4039 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 4040 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 4041 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4042 4043 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 4044 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4045 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4046 4047 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 4048 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4049 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4050} 4051 4052NamedDecl* 4053Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4054 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4055 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4056 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4057 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4058 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4059 D.setInvalidType(); 4060 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4061 DC = CurContext; 4062 Previous.clear(); 4063 } 4064 4065 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4066 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 4067 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4068 } 4069 4070 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4071 4072 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4073 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4074 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4075 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4076 << 1; 4077 4078 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4079 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4080 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4081 return 0; 4082 } 4083 4084 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4085 if (!NewTD) return 0; 4086 4087 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4088 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4089 4090 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4091 4092 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4093 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4094 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4095 return ND; 4096} 4097 4098void 4099Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4100 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4101 // then it shall have block scope. 4102 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4103 // that redeclarations will match. 4104 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4105 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4106 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4107 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4108 4109 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4110 bool SizeIsNegative; 4111 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4112 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4113 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4114 SizeIsNegative, 4115 Oversized); 4116 if (FixedTInfo) { 4117 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4118 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4119 } else { 4120 if (SizeIsNegative) 4121 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4122 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4123 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4124 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4125 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4126 << Oversized.toString(10); 4127 else 4128 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4129 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4130 } 4131 } 4132 } 4133} 4134 4135 4136/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4137/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4138/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4139NamedDecl* 4140Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4141 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4142 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4143 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4144 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 4145 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4146 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4147 Redeclaration = true; 4148 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4149 } 4150 4151 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4152 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4153 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4154 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4155 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4156 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4157 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4158 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4159 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4160 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4161 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4162 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4163 } 4164 4165 return NewTD; 4166} 4167 4168/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4169/// previous declaration. 4170/// 4171/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4172/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4173/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4174/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4175/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4176/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4177/// 4178/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4179/// lookup 4180/// 4181/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4182/// declared. 4183/// 4184/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4185/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4186static bool 4187isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4188 ASTContext &Context) { 4189 if (!PrevDecl) 4190 return false; 4191 4192 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4193 return false; 4194 4195 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4196 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4197 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4198 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4199 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4200 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4201 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4202 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4203 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4204 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4205 return false; 4206 4207 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4208 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4209 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4210 return false; 4211 4212 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4213 // previous declarations. 4214 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4215 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4216 4217 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4218 // isn't the same function. 4219 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4220 return false; 4221 } 4222 4223 return true; 4224} 4225 4226static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4227 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4228 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4229 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4230} 4231 4232bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4233 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4234 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4235 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4236 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4237 unsigned kind = -1U; 4238 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4239 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4240 kind = 0; // __block 4241 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4242 kind = 1; // global 4243 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4244 kind = 3; // ivar 4245 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4246 kind = 2; // field 4247 } 4248 4249 if (kind != -1U) { 4250 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4251 << kind; 4252 } 4253 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4254 // Try to infer lifetime. 4255 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4256 return false; 4257 4258 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4259 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4260 decl->setType(type); 4261 } 4262 4263 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4264 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4265 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4266 var->isThreadSpecified()) { 4267 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4268 << var->getType(); 4269 return true; 4270 } 4271 } 4272 4273 return false; 4274} 4275 4276NamedDecl* 4277Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4278 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4279 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4280 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4281 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 4282 4283 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 4284 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4285 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4286 4287 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 4288 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4289 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4290 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4291 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4292 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4293 // an error here 4294 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4295 D.setInvalidType(); 4296 SC = SC_None; 4297 } 4298 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4299 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4300 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4301 4302 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 4303 if (!II) { 4304 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 4305 << Name; 4306 return 0; 4307 } 4308 4309 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4310 4311 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4312 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 4313 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 4314 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 4315 4316 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 4317 // is a GNU extension. 4318 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 4319 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 4320 else 4321 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 4322 D.setInvalidType(); 4323 } 4324 } 4325 4326 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 4327 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 4328 // OpenCL __local address space. 4329 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 4330 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4331 SCAsWritten = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4332 } 4333 } 4334 4335 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4336 VarDecl *NewVD; 4337 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4338 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4339 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4340 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 4341 4342 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4343 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4344 } else { 4345 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4346 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 4347 if (SC == SC_Static) { 4348 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4349 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4350 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4351 } else if (SC == SC_None) 4352 SC = SC_Static; 4353 } 4354 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 4355 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 4356 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 4357 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4358 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 4359 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 4360 4361 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 4362 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 4363 if (RD->isUnion()) 4364 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4365 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 4366 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 4367 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 4368 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 4369 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 4370 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4371 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 4372 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 4373 } 4374 } 4375 4376 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4377 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4378 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4379 bool Invalid = false; 4380 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4381 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4382 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4383 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4384 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4385 TemplateParamLists.data(), 4386 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4387 /*never a friend*/ false, 4388 isExplicitSpecialization, 4389 Invalid)) { 4390 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4391 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 4392 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 4393 << II 4394 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4395 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4396 return 0; 4397 } else { 4398 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 4399 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 4400 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4401 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 4402 << II 4403 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4404 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4405 } 4406 } 4407 4408 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4409 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4410 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 4411 4412 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 4413 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 4414 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 4415 R->getContainedAutoType()) 4416 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 4417 4418 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 4419 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4420 4421 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 4422 4423 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4424 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4425 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4426 TemplateParamLists.data()); 4427 } 4428 4429 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4430 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 4431 } 4432 4433 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 4434 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4435 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4436 4437 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 4438 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4439 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 4440 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 4441 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 4442 else 4443 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 4444 } 4445 4446 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 4447 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 4448 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 4449 << 2 4450 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4451 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4452 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 4453 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 4454 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 4455 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4456 else 4457 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 4458 } 4459 4460 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4461 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 4462 4463 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 4464 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 4465 // storage [duration]." 4466 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 4467 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 4468 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 4469 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 4470 NewVD->setStorageClassAsWritten(SC_Static); 4471 } 4472 } 4473 4474 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 4475 // retainable type. 4476 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 4477 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4478 4479 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4480 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 4481 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4482 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4483 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 4484 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 4485 switch (SC) { 4486 case SC_None: 4487 case SC_Auto: 4488 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 4489 break; 4490 case SC_Register: 4491 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 4492 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 4493 break; 4494 case SC_Static: 4495 case SC_Extern: 4496 case SC_PrivateExtern: 4497 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 4498 break; 4499 } 4500 } 4501 4502 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 4503 Context, Label)); 4504 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 4505 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 4506 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 4507 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 4508 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 4509 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 4510 } 4511 } 4512 4513 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 4514 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 4515 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 4516 4517 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 4518 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 4519 // declaration has linkage). 4520 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 4521 isExplicitSpecialization); 4522 4523 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4524 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4525 } else { 4526 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 4527 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4528 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4529 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 4530 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4531 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 4532 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4533 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 4534 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4535 Previous.clear(); 4536 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4537 } 4538 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4539 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 4540 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 4541 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 4542 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4543 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4544 } 4545 4546 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4547 4548 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 4549 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 4550 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 4551 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4552 } 4553 4554 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 4555 // such variables. 4556 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 4557 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4558 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 4559 4560 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4561 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 4562 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4563 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 4564 4565 return NewVD; 4566} 4567 4568/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 4569/// -Wshadow. 4570/// 4571/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 4572/// scope. 4573/// 4574/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 4575/// \param R the lookup of the name 4576/// 4577void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 4578 // Return if warning is ignored. 4579 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 4580 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4581 return; 4582 4583 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 4584 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 4585 return; 4586 4587 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 4588 4589 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 4590 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 4591 return; 4592 4593 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 4594 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4595 return; 4596 4597 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 4598 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4599 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 4600 if (MD->isStatic()) 4601 return; 4602 4603 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4604 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 4605 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 4606 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 4607 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 4608 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 4609 I != E; ++I) 4610 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 4611 ShadowedDecl = *I; 4612 break; 4613 } 4614 } 4615 4616 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 4617 4618 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 4619 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 4620 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 4621 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 4622 return; 4623 4624 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 4625 // static data members from base classes? 4626 4627 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 4628 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 4629 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 4630 } 4631 4632 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 4633 unsigned Kind; 4634 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 4635 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4636 Kind = 3; // field 4637 else 4638 Kind = 2; // static data member 4639 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 4640 Kind = 1; // global 4641 else 4642 Kind = 0; // local 4643 4644 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 4645 4646 // Emit warning and note. 4647 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 4648 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4649} 4650 4651/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 4652void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 4653 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 4654 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4655 return; 4656 4657 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 4658 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4659 LookupName(R, S); 4660 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 4661} 4662 4663/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 4664/// declaration. 4665/// 4666/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 4667/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 4668/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 4669/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 4670/// that have been instantiated from a template. 4671/// 4672/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 4673/// 4674/// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 4675bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 4676 LookupResult &Previous) { 4677 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 4678 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4679 return false; 4680 4681 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4682 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4683 4684 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 4685 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 4686 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 4687 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 4688 NewVD->setType(T); 4689 } 4690 4691 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 4692 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 4693 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 4694 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 4695 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 4696 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 4697 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4698 return false; 4699 } 4700 4701 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 4702 // scope. 4703 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 4704 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4705 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 4706 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4707 return false; 4708 } 4709 4710 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 4711 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4712 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4713 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 4714 else { 4715 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 4716 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 4717 } 4718 } 4719 4720 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 4721 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 4722 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4723 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4724 4725 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 4726 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 4727 bool SizeIsNegative; 4728 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4729 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4730 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4731 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4732 if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 4733 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 4734 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 4735 // int a[10][n]; 4736 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 4737 4738 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4739 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 4740 << SizeRange; 4741 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 4742 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 4743 << SizeRange; 4744 else 4745 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 4746 << SizeRange; 4747 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4748 return false; 4749 } 4750 4751 if (FixedTInfo == 0) { 4752 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4753 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4754 else 4755 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 4756 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4757 return false; 4758 } 4759 4760 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4761 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 4762 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4763 } 4764 4765 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 4766 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4767 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4768 // declaration with the same name. 4769 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4770 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewVD->getDeclName()); 4771 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4772 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4773 } 4774 4775 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 4776 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 4777 << T; 4778 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4779 return false; 4780 } 4781 4782 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4783 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 4784 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4785 return false; 4786 } 4787 4788 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4789 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 4790 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4791 return false; 4792 } 4793 4794 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 4795 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 4796 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 4797 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4798 return false; 4799 } 4800 4801 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4802 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 4803 return true; 4804 } 4805 return false; 4806} 4807 4808/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 4809struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 4810 Sema *S; 4811 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 4812}; 4813 4814/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 4815/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 4816/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 4817static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 4818 CXXBasePath &Path, 4819 void *UserData) { 4820 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 4821 4822 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 4823 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 4824 4825 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 4826 4827 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 4828 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4829 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 4830 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 4831 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 4832 4833 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 4834 } 4835 4836 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 4837 !Path.Decls.empty(); 4838 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 4839 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 4840 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 4841 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 4842 return true; 4843 } 4844 } 4845 4846 return false; 4847} 4848 4849namespace { 4850 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 4851} 4852/// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 4853/// overriden methods. 4854/// 4855/// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 4856/// \param MD the overriding method. 4857/// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 4858static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4859 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 4860 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 4861 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 4862 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 4863 I != E; ++I) { 4864 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 4865 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 4866 // out the diag loop 3 times. 4867 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 4868 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 4869 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 4870 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 4871 } 4872} 4873 4874/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 4875/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 4876bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 4877 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 4878 CXXBasePaths Paths; 4879 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 4880 Data.Method = MD; 4881 Data.S = this; 4882 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 4883 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 4884 bool AddedAny = false; 4885 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 4886 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 4887 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4888 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 4889 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 4890 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 4891 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 4892 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 4893 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 4894 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 4895 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 4896 AddedAny = true; 4897 } 4898 } 4899 } 4900 } 4901 4902 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 4903 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 4904 } 4905 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 4906 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 4907 } 4908 4909 return AddedAny; 4910} 4911 4912namespace { 4913 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 4914 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 4915 struct ActOnFDArgs { 4916 Scope *S; 4917 Declarator &D; 4918 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 4919 bool AddToScope; 4920 }; 4921} 4922 4923namespace { 4924 4925// Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 4926// Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 4927class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 4928 public: 4929 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 4930 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 4931 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 4932 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 4933 4934 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 4935 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 4936 return false; 4937 4938 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 4939 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 4940 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 4941 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 4942 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 4943 4944 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 4945 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 4946 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 4947 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 4948 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 4949 return true; 4950 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 4951 return true; 4952 } 4953 } 4954 } 4955 4956 return false; 4957 } 4958 4959 private: 4960 ASTContext &Context; 4961 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 4962 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 4963}; 4964 4965} 4966 4967/// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 4968/// 4969/// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 4970/// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 4971/// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 4972/// the same name. 4973/// 4974/// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 4975/// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 4976static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 4977 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4978 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) { 4979 NamedDecl *Result = NULL; 4980 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 4981 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 4982 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 4983 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4984 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 4985 llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 4986 TypoCorrection Correction; 4987 bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4988 ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()); 4989 unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 4990 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; 4991 4992 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4993 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 4994 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 4995 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 4996 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 4997 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 4998 MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 4999 if (!Prev.empty()) { 5000 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 5001 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5002 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 5003 if (FD && 5004 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5005 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 5006 // involve a parameter 5007 unsigned ParamNum = 5008 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 5009 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 5010 } 5011 } 5012 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 5013 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), 5014 Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, 5015 Validator, NewDC))) { 5016 // Trap errors. 5017 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 5018 5019 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 5020 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 5021 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5022 Previous.clear(); 5023 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 5024 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 5025 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 5026 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5027 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5028 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5029 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5030 Previous.addDecl(FD); 5031 } 5032 } 5033 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 5034 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 5035 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully 5036 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 5037 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 5038 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 5039 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 5040 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 5041 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 5042 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { 5043 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 5044 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 5045 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5046 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 5047 Previous.clear(); 5048 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 5049 Result = NULL; 5050 } else { 5051 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(), 5052 FuncEnd = Previous.end(); 5053 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5054 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) 5055 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0)); 5056 } 5057 } 5058 if (NearMatches.empty()) { 5059 // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches 5060 Correction = TypoCorrection(); 5061 } else { 5062 DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 5063 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; 5064 } 5065 } 5066 5067 if (Correction) { 5068 // FIXME: use Correction.getCorrectionRange() instead of computing the range 5069 // here. This requires passing in the CXXScopeSpec to CorrectTypo which in 5070 // turn causes the correction to fully qualify the name. If we fix 5071 // CorrectTypo to minimally qualify then this change should be good. 5072 SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation()); 5073 CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5074 if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid()) 5075 FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc()); 5076 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg) 5077 << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()) 5078 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 5079 FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts())); 5080 } else { 5081 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 5082 << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation(); 5083 } 5084 5085 bool NewFDisConst = false; 5086 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5087 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 5088 5089 for (llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1>::iterator 5090 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 5091 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 5092 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 5093 bool FDisConst = false; 5094 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 5095 FDisConst = MD->isConst(); 5096 5097 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 5098 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 5099 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 5100 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 5101 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) 5102 << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); 5103 } else if (Correction) { 5104 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 5105 << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); 5106 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 5107 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 5108 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5109 } else 5110 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 5111 } 5112 return Result; 5113} 5114 5115static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 5116 Declarator &D) { 5117 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 5118 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 5119 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 5120 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 5121 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 5122 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5123 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 5124 D.setInvalidType(); 5125 break; 5126 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 5127 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 5128 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 5129 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5130 // C99 6.7.1p5: 5131 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 5132 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 5133 // other than extern 5134 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 5135 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5136 diag::err_static_block_func); 5137 break; 5138 } else 5139 return SC_Static; 5140 } 5141 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 5142 } 5143 5144 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 5145 return SC_None; 5146} 5147 5148static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 5149 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 5150 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5151 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 5152 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 5153 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5154 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5155 5156 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 5157 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5158 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 5159 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 5160 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 5161 5162 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5163 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5164 // prototype. This true when: 5165 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 5166 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 5167 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 5168 bool HasPrototype = 5169 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 5170 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 5171 5172 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5173 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5174 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5175 HasPrototype); 5176 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5177 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5178 5179 // Set the lexical context. 5180 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 5181 5182 return NewFD; 5183 } 5184 5185 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5186 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5187 5188 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 5189 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5190 // the class has been completely parsed. 5191 if (!DC->isRecord() && 5192 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5193 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 5194 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5195 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 5196 D.setInvalidType(); 5197 5198 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 5199 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 5200 assert(DC->isRecord() && 5201 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 5202 5203 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5204 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5205 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5206 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 5207 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 5208 isConstexpr); 5209 5210 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5211 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 5212 if (DC->isRecord()) { 5213 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5214 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5215 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 5216 SemaRef.Context, Record, 5217 D.getLocStart(), 5218 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 5219 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 5220 5221 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 5222 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 5223 // it yet. 5224 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 5225 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 5226 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 5227 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 5228 } 5229 5230 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5231 return NewDD; 5232 5233 } else { 5234 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 5235 D.setInvalidType(); 5236 5237 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 5238 // code path. 5239 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5240 D.getLocStart(), 5241 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 5242 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5243 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 5244 } 5245 5246 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 5247 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 5248 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5249 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 5250 return 0; 5251 } 5252 5253 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5254 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5255 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5256 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5257 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 5258 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5259 5260 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 5261 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 5262 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 5263 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 5264 // constructor if it has no return type). 5265 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 5266 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 5267 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 5268 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 5269 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5270 return 0; 5271 } 5272 5273 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 5274 5275 // [class.free]p1: 5276 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 5277 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 5278 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 5279 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 5280 isStatic = true; 5281 5282 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 5283 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 5284 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 5285 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 5286 isStatic = true; 5287 5288 IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 5289 5290 // This is a C++ method declaration. 5291 return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5292 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5293 TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5294 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5295 5296 } else { 5297 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5298 // prototype. This true when: 5299 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 5300 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5301 D.getLocStart(), 5302 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5303 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 5304 } 5305} 5306 5307void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) { 5308 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 5309 // typedef of void is not permitted. 5310 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5311 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 5312 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 5313 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 5314 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 5315 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 5316 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 5317 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 5318 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 5319 << IsTypeAlias; 5320 } 5321} 5322 5323NamedDecl* 5324Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5325 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5326 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5327 bool &AddToScope) { 5328 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5329 5330 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 5331 5332 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5333 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5334 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5335 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 5336 5337 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 5338 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 5339 5340 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 5341 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 5342 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5343 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 5344 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType() 5345 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*"); 5346 5347 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 5348 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5349 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 5350 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5351 R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5352 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 5353 } 5354 else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R)) 5355 R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T); 5356 } 5357 5358 bool isFriend = false; 5359 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 5360 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5361 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5362 5363 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 5364 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5365 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 5366 5367 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 5368 5369 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 5370 isVirtualOkay); 5371 if (!NewFD) return 0; 5372 5373 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 5374 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5375 5376 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5377 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5378 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 5379 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5380 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5381 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5382 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5383 // C++ [class.friend]p5 5384 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 5385 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 5386 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5387 } 5388 5389 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 5390 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 5391 // return true). 5392 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 5393 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 5394 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 5395 NewFD->setPure(true); 5396 } 5397 5398 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 5399 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5400 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5401 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5402 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5403 5404 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 5405 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 5406 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5407 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5408 5409 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5410 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5411 bool Invalid = false; 5412 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 5413 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5414 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5415 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5416 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5417 TemplateParamLists.data(), 5418 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5419 isFriend, 5420 isExplicitSpecialization, 5421 Invalid)) { 5422 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 5423 // This is a function template 5424 5425 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5426 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5427 return 0; 5428 5429 // A destructor cannot be a template. 5430 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5431 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 5432 return 0; 5433 } 5434 5435 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 5436 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 5437 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 5438 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 5439 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5440 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 5441 Invalid = true; 5442 } 5443 5444 5445 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 5446 NewFD->getLocation(), 5447 Name, TemplateParams, 5448 NewFD); 5449 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5450 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 5451 5452 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 5453 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 5454 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5455 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 5456 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5457 } 5458 } else { 5459 // This is a function template specialization. 5460 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5461 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5462 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5463 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5464 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5465 5466 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 5467 if (isFriend) { 5468 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 5469 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 5470 5471 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 5472 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 5473 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 5474 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 5475 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 5476 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 5477 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5478 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5479 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 5480 } 5481 5482 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 5483 << Name << RemoveRange 5484 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 5485 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 5486 } 5487 } 5488 } 5489 else { 5490 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 5491 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 5492 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 5493 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5494 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5495 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5496 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5497 } 5498 5499 if (Invalid) { 5500 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5501 if (FunctionTemplate) 5502 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5503 } 5504 5505 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 5506 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 5507 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 5508 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 5509 // 5510 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5511 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 5512 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5513 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5514 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5515 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 5516 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5517 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 5518 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5519 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5520 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 5521 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 5522 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5523 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 5524 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5525 } else { 5526 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 5527 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 5528 } 5529 } 5530 5531 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 5532 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 5533 // declaration. 5534 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5535 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5536 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 5537 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 5538 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 5539 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 5540 } 5541 } 5542 5543 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 5544 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 5545 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 5546 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 5547 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5548 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5549 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 5550 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5551 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 5552 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5553 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 5554 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 5555 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 5556 // or conversion function. 5557 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5558 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 5559 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5560 } 5561 } 5562 5563 if (isConstexpr) { 5564 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 5565 // are implicitly inline. 5566 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5567 5568 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 5569 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 5570 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 5571 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 5572 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 5573 } 5574 5575 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 5576 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5577 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5578 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 5579 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 5580 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5581 << 0 5582 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 5583 } else { 5584 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 5585 if (FunctionTemplate) 5586 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5587 } 5588 } 5589 5590 if (isFriend) { 5591 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 5592 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5593 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5594 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 5595 } 5596 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5597 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5598 } 5599 5600 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 5601 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 5602 case FDK_Declaration: 5603 case FDK_Definition: 5604 break; 5605 5606 case FDK_Defaulted: 5607 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 5608 break; 5609 5610 case FDK_Deleted: 5611 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 5612 break; 5613 } 5614 5615 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 5616 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5617 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 5618 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 5619 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 5620 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5621 } 5622 5623 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 5624 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5625 // C++ [class.static]p1: 5626 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 5627 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 5628 // the class. 5629 5630 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 5631 // member function definition. 5632 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5633 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5634 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5635 } 5636 5637 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 5638 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 5639 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 5640 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 5641 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 5642 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 5643 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 5644 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5645 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept; 5646 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 5647 FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5648 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI)); 5649 } 5650 } 5651 5652 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 5653 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 5654 isExplicitSpecialization || 5655 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 5656 5657 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5658 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 5659 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5660 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5661 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 5662 SE->getString())); 5663 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5664 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5665 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 5666 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5667 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 5668 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5669 } 5670 } 5671 5672 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 5673 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 5674 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 5675 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 5676 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 5677 5678 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 5679 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 5680 // single void argument. 5681 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 5682 // already checks for that case. 5683 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 5684 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 5685 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 5686 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 5687 checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)); 5688 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 5689 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 5690 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 5691 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 5692 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 5693 Params.push_back(Param); 5694 5695 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 5696 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5697 } 5698 } 5699 5700 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5701 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 5702 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 5703 // parameters for use in the declaration. 5704 // 5705 // @code 5706 // typedef void fn(int); 5707 // fn f; 5708 // @endcode 5709 5710 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 5711 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 5712 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 5713 ParmVarDecl *Param = 5714 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 5715 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 5716 Params.push_back(Param); 5717 } 5718 } else { 5719 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 5720 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 5721 } 5722 5723 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 5724 NewFD->setParams(Params); 5725 5726 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 5727 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 5728 // 5729 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 5730 // 5731 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 5732 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 5733 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 5734 5735 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 5736 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5737 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 5738 5739 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 5740 // because all functions have linkage. 5741 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 5742 NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5743 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 5744 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5745 } 5746 5747 // Handle attributes. 5748 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5749 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 5750 5751 QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType(); 5752 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 5753 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 5754 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 5755 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 5756 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 5757 if (!(MD && MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(Ret, true))) { 5758 NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(), 5759 Context)); 5760 } 5761 } 5762 5763 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5764 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5765 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 5766 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5767 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5768 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5769 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5770 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5771 } 5772 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 5773 else if (!Previous.empty()) 5774 D.setRedeclaration(true); 5775 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5776 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5777 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5778 } else { 5779 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 5780 // argument list into our AST format. 5781 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5782 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 5783 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 5784 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5785 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 5786 TemplateId->NumArgs); 5787 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 5788 TemplateArgs); 5789 5790 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5791 5792 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5793 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5794 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 5795 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 5796 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 5797 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5798 5799 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5800 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5801 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5802 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 5803 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 5804 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 5805 // too few of them). 5806 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 5807 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 5808 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 5809 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5810 "template<> "); 5811 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5812 } else { 5813 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 5814 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5815 } 5816 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5817 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 5818 // wrote something like: 5819 // template <> friend void foo(int); 5820 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 5821 // friend void foo<>(int); 5822 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 5823 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5824 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5825 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5826 } 5827 5828 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 5829 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 5830 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 5831 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 5832 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 5833 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 5834 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 5835 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 5836 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 5837 InstantiationDependent))) { 5838 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 5839 "friend function specialization without template args"); 5840 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 5841 Previous)) 5842 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5843 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5844 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 5845 && !isFriend) { 5846 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 5847 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 5848 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 5849 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 5850 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 5851 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 5852 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 5853 Previous)) 5854 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5855 5856 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 5857 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 5858 // specialization (14.7.3) 5859 if (SC != SC_None) { 5860 if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 5861 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5862 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 5863 << SC 5864 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5865 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5866 5867 else 5868 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5869 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 5870 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5871 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5872 } 5873 5874 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 5875 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 5876 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5877 } 5878 5879 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5880 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 5881 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5882 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 5883 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 5884 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5885 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 5886 } else { 5887 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5888 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5889 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5890 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5891 } 5892 } 5893 5894 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5895 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5896 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5897 5898 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 5899 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 5900 : NewFD); 5901 5902 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 5903 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 5904 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5905 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 5906 5907 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 5908 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 5909 5910 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 5911 } 5912 5913 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 5914 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 5915 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 5916 5917 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 5918 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 5919 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5920 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 5921 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 5922 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 5923 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 5924 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 5925 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 5926 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 5927 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 5928 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5929 DC && DC->isRecord() && 5930 DC->isDependentContext()) 5931 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5932 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 5933 } 5934 5935 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5936 // Ignore all the rest of this. 5937 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 5938 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 5939 AddToScope }; 5940 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 5941 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 5942 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5943 5944 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 5945 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5946 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 5947 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 5948 5949 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 5950 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 5951 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 5952 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 5953 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 5954 // can actually do this check immediately. 5955 if (isFriend && 5956 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 5957 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 5958 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 5959 // ignore these 5960 } else { 5961 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 5962 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 5963 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 5964 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 5965 // 5966 // class X { 5967 // void f() const; 5968 // }; 5969 // 5970 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 5971 // 5972 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 5973 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 5974 // whether the parameter types are references). 5975 5976 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 5977 NewFD, 5978 ExtraArgs)) { 5979 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 5980 return Result; 5981 } 5982 } 5983 5984 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 5985 // to something. 5986 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 5987 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 5988 NewFD, 5989 ExtraArgs)) { 5990 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 5991 return Result; 5992 } 5993 } 5994 5995 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5996 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5997 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 5998 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 5999 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6000 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 6001 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 6002 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 6003 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 6004 // generate them. 6005 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 6006 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6007 } 6008 } 6009 6010 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 6011 6012 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 6013 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6014 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6015 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 6016 << NewFD; 6017 6018 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 6019 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6020 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 6021 EPI.Variadic = true; 6022 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 6023 6024 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 6025 NewFD->setType(R); 6026 } 6027 6028 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 6029 // member, set the visibility of this function. 6030 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 6031 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 6032 6033 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 6034 // marking the function. 6035 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 6036 6037 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 6038 // map of such names. 6039 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 6040 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6041 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 6042 6043 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 6044 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 6045 6046 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6047 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6048 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6049 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6050 return FunctionTemplate; 6051 } 6052 } 6053 6054 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 6055 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6056 && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>() 6057 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 6058 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 6059 D.setInvalidType(); 6060 } 6061 6062 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 6063 6064 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 6065 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 6066 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6067 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6068 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 6069 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 6070 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 6071 6072 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 6073 } 6074 } 6075 6076 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 6077 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 6078 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 6079 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6080 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 6081 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 6082 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 6083 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 6084 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 6085 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 6086 AddToScope = false; 6087 } 6088 6089 return NewFD; 6090} 6091 6092/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 6093/// 6094/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 6095/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 6096/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 6097/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 6098/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 6099/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 6100/// via InstantiateDecl). 6101/// 6102/// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 6103/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 6104/// 6105/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 6106/// 6107/// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 6108bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6109 LookupResult &Previous, 6110 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 6111 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 6112 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 6113 6114 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 6115 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 6116 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 6117 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 6118 // declaration with the same name. 6119 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 6120 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewFD->getDeclName()); 6121 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 6122 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 6123 } 6124 6125 bool Redeclaration = false; 6126 6127 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 6128 // the same name, if appropriate. 6129 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6130 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 6131 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 6132 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 6133 // function to the scope. 6134 6135 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 6136 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 6137 Redeclaration = true; 6138 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6139 } else { 6140 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 6141 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 6142 case Ovl_Match: 6143 Redeclaration = true; 6144 break; 6145 6146 case Ovl_NonFunction: 6147 Redeclaration = true; 6148 break; 6149 6150 case Ovl_Overload: 6151 Redeclaration = false; 6152 break; 6153 } 6154 6155 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 6156 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 6157 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 6158 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 6159 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 6160 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 6161 if (Redeclaration) 6162 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 6163 else if (!Previous.empty()) 6164 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 6165 if (OverloadedDecl) 6166 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 6167 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 6168 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 6169 Context)); 6170 } 6171 } 6172 6173 if (Redeclaration) { 6174 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 6175 // merged. 6176 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) { 6177 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6178 return Redeclaration; 6179 } 6180 6181 Previous.clear(); 6182 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 6183 6184 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 6185 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 6186 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 6187 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 6188 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 6189 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 6190 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 6191 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 6192 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6193 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6194 } 6195 6196 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 6197 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 6198 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 6199 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 6200 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 6201 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 6202 } 6203 6204 } else { 6205 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 6206 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 6207 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 6208 } 6209 } 6210 } 6211 6212 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 6213 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6214 // C++-specific checks. 6215 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6216 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 6217 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 6218 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6219 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 6220 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 6221 6222 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 6223 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 6224 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 6225 DeclarationName Name 6226 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 6227 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 6228 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 6229 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 6230 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6231 return Redeclaration; 6232 } 6233 } 6234 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 6235 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6236 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 6237 } 6238 6239 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 6240 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6241 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 6242 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 6243 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 6244 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 6245 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 6246 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 6247 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 6248 } 6249 } 6250 } 6251 6252 if (Method->isStatic()) 6253 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 6254 } 6255 6256 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 6257 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 6258 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6259 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6260 return Redeclaration; 6261 } 6262 6263 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 6264 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 6265 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6266 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6267 return Redeclaration; 6268 } 6269 6270 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 6271 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 6272 // during delayed parsing anyway. 6273 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 6274 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 6275 6276 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 6277 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 6278 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 6279 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 6280 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 6281 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 6282 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 6283 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 6284 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 6285 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 6286 } 6287 } 6288 6289 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 6290 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 6291 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 6292 if (NewFD->hasCLanguageLinkage()) { 6293 QualType R = NewFD->getResultType(); 6294 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 6295 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 6296 << NewFD << R; 6297 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 6298 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 6299 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 6300 } 6301 } 6302 return Redeclaration; 6303} 6304 6305void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 6306 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline, 6307 // static or constexpr is ill-formed. 6308 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 6309 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 6310 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 6311 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6312 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 6313 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 6314 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6315 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 6316 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 6317 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 6318 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 6319 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 6320 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 6321 FD->setConstexpr(false); 6322 } 6323 6324 QualType T = FD->getType(); 6325 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 6326 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 6327 6328 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 6329 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 6330 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 6331 // set the flag which tells us that. 6332 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 6333 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 6334 6335 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 6336 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 6337 // implicit-return-zero rule. 6338 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6339 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 6340 6341 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 6342 } else { 6343 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 6344 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6345 } 6346 6347 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 6348 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 6349 6350 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 6351 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 6352 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 6353 6354 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 6355 6356 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 6357 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 6358 // getting shifty. 6359 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 6360 HasExtraParameters = false; 6361 6362 if (HasExtraParameters) { 6363 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 6364 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6365 nparams = 3; 6366 } 6367 6368 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 6369 // if we had some location information about types. 6370 6371 QualType CharPP = 6372 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 6373 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 6374 6375 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 6376 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 6377 6378 bool mismatch = true; 6379 6380 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 6381 mismatch = false; 6382 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 6383 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 6384 // char const ** 6385 // char const * const * 6386 // char * const * 6387 6388 QualifierCollector qs; 6389 const PointerType* PT; 6390 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 6391 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 6392 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 6393 qs.removeConst(); 6394 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 6395 } 6396 } 6397 6398 if (mismatch) { 6399 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 6400 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 6401 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6402 } 6403 } 6404 6405 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6406 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 6407 } 6408 6409 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6410 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 6411 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6412 } 6413} 6414 6415bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 6416 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 6417 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 6418 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 6419 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 6420 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 6421 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 6422 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 6423 // rules there don't matter.) 6424 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 6425 return false; 6426 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 6427 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6428 return true; 6429} 6430 6431namespace { 6432 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 6433 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 6434 class SelfReferenceChecker 6435 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 6436 Sema &S; 6437 Decl *OrigDecl; 6438 bool isRecordType; 6439 bool isPODType; 6440 bool isReferenceType; 6441 6442 public: 6443 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 6444 6445 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 6446 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 6447 isPODType = false; 6448 isRecordType = false; 6449 isReferenceType = false; 6450 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 6451 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 6452 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 6453 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 6454 } 6455 } 6456 6457 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 6458 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 6459 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 6460 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 6461 if (isReferenceType) 6462 return; 6463 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6464 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 6465 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6466 return; 6467 } 6468 6469 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6470 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 6471 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6472 return; 6473 } 6474 6475 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 6476 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6477 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 6478 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 6479 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 6480 return; 6481 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6482 } 6483 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 6484 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6485 return; 6486 } 6487 } 6488 6489 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are 6490 // bad, not just r-value uses. 6491 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 6492 if (isReferenceType) 6493 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 6494 } 6495 6496 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 6497 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || 6498 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 6499 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 6500 6501 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 6502 } 6503 6504 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 6505 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 6506 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 6507 6508 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 6509 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 6510 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 6511 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 6512 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6513 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 6514 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 6515 Warn = false; 6516 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6517 } 6518 6519 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 6520 if (Warn) 6521 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6522 return; 6523 } 6524 6525 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 6526 // Visit that expression. 6527 Visit(Base); 6528 } 6529 6530 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 6531 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 6532 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 6533 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 6534 if (!isPODType) 6535 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 6536 return; 6537 } 6538 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 6539 } 6540 6541 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 6542 6543 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 6544 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 6545 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 6546 unsigned diag = isReferenceType 6547 ? diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init 6548 : diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 6549 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 6550 S.PDiag(diag) 6551 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 6552 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 6553 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 6554 } 6555 }; 6556 6557 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 6558 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 6559 bool DirectInit) { 6560 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 6561 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 6562 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 6563 return; 6564 6565 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 6566 6567 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 6568 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 6569 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 6570 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 6571 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 6572 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 6573 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 6574 return; 6575 6576 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); 6577 } 6578} 6579 6580/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 6581/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 6582/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 6583void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 6584 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6585 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 6586 // the initializer. 6587 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6588 return; 6589 6590 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 6591 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 6592 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 6593 // Thus this grotesque test. 6594 IntegerLiteral *IL; 6595 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 6596 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 6597 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 6598 else { 6599 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 6600 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 6601 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 6602 } 6603 return; 6604 } 6605 6606 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 6607 if (!VDecl) { 6608 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 6609 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 6610 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6611 return; 6612 } 6613 6614 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 6615 6616 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 6617 AutoType *Auto = 0; 6618 if (TypeMayContainAuto && 6619 (Auto = VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) && 6620 !Auto->isDeduced()) { 6621 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 6622 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 6623 // contains exactly one expression. 6624 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6625 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 6626 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 6627 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 6628 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 6629 diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 6630 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6631 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6632 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6633 return; 6634 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 6635 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 6636 diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 6637 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6638 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6639 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6640 return; 6641 } else { 6642 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 6643 } 6644 } 6645 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 6646 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 6647 DAR_Failed) 6648 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 6649 if (!DeducedType) { 6650 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6651 return; 6652 } 6653 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 6654 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 6655 VDecl->ClearLVCache(); 6656 6657 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 6658 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 6659 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6660 6661 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 6662 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 6663 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 6664 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 6665 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 6666 DeducedType->getType()->isObjCIdType()) { 6667 SourceLocation Loc = DeducedType->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 6668 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 6669 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 6670 } 6671 6672 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 6673 // the previously declared type. 6674 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) 6675 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 6676 } 6677 6678 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 6679 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 6680 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 6681 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6682 return; 6683 } 6684 6685 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 6686 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 6687 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 6688 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 6689 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 6690 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 6691 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 6692 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 6693 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6694 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6695 return; 6696 } 6697 6698 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 6699 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 6700 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6701 AbstractVariableType)) 6702 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6703 } 6704 6705 const VarDecl *Def; 6706 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 6707 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 6708 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 6709 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6710 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6711 return; 6712 } 6713 6714 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 6715 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6716 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 6717 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 6718 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 6719 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 6720 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 6721 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 6722 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 6723 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 6724 // 6725 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 6726 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 6727 // declaration with an initializer. 6728 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 6729 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 6730 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 6731 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6732 return; 6733 } 6734 6735 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 6736 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6737 6738 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 6739 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6740 return; 6741 } 6742 } 6743 6744 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 6745 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 6746 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 6747 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 6748 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6749 return; 6750 } 6751 6752 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 6753 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 6754 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 6755 6756 // Top-level message sends default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 6757 // and we are assigning it to a variable of 'id' type. 6758 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCIdType()) 6759 if (Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(Init)) { 6760 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 6761 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6762 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6763 return; 6764 } 6765 Init = Result.take(); 6766 } 6767 6768 // Perform the initialization. 6769 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 6770 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 6771 InitializationKind Kind 6772 = DirectInit ? 6773 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 6774 Init->getLocStart(), 6775 Init->getLocEnd()) 6776 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 6777 VDecl->getLocation()) 6778 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 6779 Init->getLocStart()); 6780 6781 Expr **Args = &Init; 6782 unsigned NumArgs = 1; 6783 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6784 Args = CXXDirectInit->getExprs(); 6785 NumArgs = CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs(); 6786 } 6787 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, NumArgs); 6788 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 6789 MultiExprArg(Args, NumArgs), &DclT); 6790 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6791 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6792 return; 6793 } 6794 6795 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 6796 } 6797 6798 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 6799 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 6800 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 6801 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 6802 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 6803 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 6804 } 6805 6806 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 6807 // completed by the initializer. For example: 6808 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 6809 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 6810 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 6811 VDecl->setType(DclT); 6812 6813 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 6814 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 6815 6816 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 6817 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 6818 6819 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6820 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 6821 6822 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 6823 // Although this code can still have problems: 6824 // id x = self.weakProp; 6825 // id y = self.weakProp; 6826 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 6827 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 6828 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 6829 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { 6830 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level = 6831 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 6832 Init->getLocStart()); 6833 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 6834 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 6835 } 6836 } 6837 6838 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 6839 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 6840 VDecl->setInit(Init); 6841 6842 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 6843 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 6844 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 6845 // C++ does not have this restriction. 6846 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 6847 VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6848 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 6849 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 6850 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 6851 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 6852 // 6853 // struct S { 6854 // static const int value = 17; 6855 // }; 6856 6857 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 6858 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 6859 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 6860 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 6861 // 6862 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 6863 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 6864 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 6865 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 6866 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 6867 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 6868 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 6869 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 6870 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 6871 6872 // Do nothing on dependent types. 6873 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 6874 6875 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 6876 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 6877 // type. 6878 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 6879 6880 // Require constness. 6881 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 6882 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 6883 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6884 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6885 6886 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 6887 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 6888 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 6889 SourceLocation Loc; 6890 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 6891 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 6892 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 6893 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 6894 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 6895 ; // Nothing to check. 6896 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 6897 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 6898 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6899 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 6900 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 6901 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6902 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6903 } else { 6904 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 6905 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 6906 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6907 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6908 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6909 } 6910 6911 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 6912 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 6913 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 6914 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6915 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 6916 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 6917 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_constexpr) 6918 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6919 6920 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6921 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6922 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6923 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6924 } 6925 6926 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 6927 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType()) { 6928 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 6929 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 6930 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6931 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 6932 6933 } else { 6934 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 6935 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6936 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6937 } 6938 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 6939 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 6940 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 6941 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 6942 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 6943 6944 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 6945 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6946 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 6947 } 6948 6949 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 6950 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 6951 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 6952 // 6953 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 6954 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 6955 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 6956 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 6957 // special case code. 6958 6959 // C++ 8.5p11: 6960 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 6961 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 6962 // class type. 6963 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6964 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 6965 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 6966 } else if (DirectInit) { 6967 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 6968 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 6969 } 6970 6971 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 6972} 6973 6974/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 6975/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 6976/// of sanity. 6977void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 6978 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 6979 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 6980 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 6981 6982 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 6983 if (!VD) return; 6984 6985 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 6986 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 6987 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6988 return; 6989 } 6990 6991 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 6992 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 6993 6994 // Require a complete type. 6995 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 6996 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 6997 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6998 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 6999 return; 7000 } 7001 7002 // Require an abstract type. 7003 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 7004 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7005 AbstractVariableType)) { 7006 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 7007 return; 7008 } 7009 7010 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 7011 // though. 7012} 7013 7014void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 7015 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7016 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 7017 if (RealDecl == 0) 7018 return; 7019 7020 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 7021 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 7022 7023 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 7024 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 7025 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 7026 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 7027 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7028 return; 7029 } 7030 7031 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 7032 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 7033 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 7034 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 7035 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 7036 // member. 7037 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7038 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 7039 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7040 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 7041 << Var->getDeclName(); 7042 else 7043 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 7044 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7045 return; 7046 } 7047 7048 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7049 case VarDecl::Definition: 7050 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 7051 break; 7052 7053 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 7054 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 7055 // a declaration. 7056 // 7057 // Fall through 7058 7059 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 7060 // It's only a declaration. 7061 7062 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 7063 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 7064 // object shall be complete. 7065 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 7066 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7067 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7068 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 7069 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7070 7071 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 7072 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7073 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7074 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7075 AbstractVariableType)) 7076 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7077 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7078 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 7079 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 7080 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 7081 } 7082 7083 return; 7084 7085 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 7086 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 7087 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 7088 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 7089 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 7090 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 7091 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 7092 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 7093 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 7094 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7095 ArrayT->getElementType(), 7096 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 7097 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7098 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7099 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 7100 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 7101 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 7102 // NOTE: code such as the following 7103 // static struct s; 7104 // struct s { int a; }; 7105 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 7106 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 7107 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 7108 if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0) 7109 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7110 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 7111 } 7112 } 7113 7114 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 7115 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7116 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 7117 return; 7118 } 7119 7120 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7121 // definitions with incomplete array type. 7122 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 7123 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7124 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 7125 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7126 return; 7127 } 7128 7129 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7130 // definitions with reference type. 7131 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 7132 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 7133 << Var->getDeclName() 7134 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 7135 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7136 return; 7137 } 7138 7139 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 7140 // variable with dependent type. 7141 if (Type->isDependentType()) 7142 return; 7143 7144 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7145 return; 7146 7147 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7148 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 7149 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7150 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7151 return; 7152 } 7153 7154 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 7155 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7156 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7157 AbstractVariableType)) { 7158 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7159 return; 7160 } 7161 7162 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 7163 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 7164 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 7165 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 7166 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 7167 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 7168 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 7169 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 7170 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 7171 // types and is declared without an initializer. 7172 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 7173 if (const RecordType *Record 7174 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7175 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 7176 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 7177 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 7178 // incompatibilities with C++98. 7179 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 7180 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7181 } 7182 } 7183 7184 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 7185 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 7186 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 7187 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 7188 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 7189 // type shall have a user-declared default 7190 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 7191 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 7192 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 7193 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 7194 // program is ill-formed. 7195 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 7196 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 7197 // default-initialized; [...]. 7198 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 7199 InitializationKind Kind 7200 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 7201 7202 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 7203 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg()); 7204 if (Init.isInvalid()) 7205 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7206 else if (Init.get()) { 7207 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 7208 // This is important for template substitution. 7209 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 7210 } 7211 7212 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 7213 } 7214} 7215 7216void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 7217 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 7218 if (!VD) { 7219 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 7220 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7221 return; 7222 } 7223 7224 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 7225 7226 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 7227 int Error = -1; 7228 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 7229 case SC_None: 7230 break; 7231 case SC_Extern: 7232 Error = 0; 7233 break; 7234 case SC_Static: 7235 Error = 1; 7236 break; 7237 case SC_PrivateExtern: 7238 Error = 2; 7239 break; 7240 case SC_Auto: 7241 Error = 3; 7242 break; 7243 case SC_Register: 7244 Error = 4; 7245 break; 7246 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 7247 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 7248 } 7249 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 7250 Error = 5; 7251 if (Error != -1) { 7252 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 7253 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 7254 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7255 } 7256} 7257 7258void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 7259 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 7260 7261 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 7262 // local retaining variable. 7263 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 7264 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 7265 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 7266 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 7267 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 7268 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 7269 break; 7270 7271 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 7272 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 7273 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7274 break; 7275 } 7276 } 7277 7278 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 7279 var->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && 7280 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel( 7281 diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 7282 var->getLocation())) { 7283 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 7284 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 7285 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 7286 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 7287 7288 if (!prev) 7289 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 7290 } 7291 7292 // All the following checks are C++ only. 7293 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 7294 7295 QualType type = var->getType(); 7296 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 7297 7298 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 7299 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7300 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 7301 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 7302 7303 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 7304 // constructing this copy. 7305 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 7306 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 7307 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 7308 ExprResult result = 7309 PerformCopyInitialization( 7310 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 7311 poi, Owned(varRef)); 7312 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 7313 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 7314 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 7315 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 7316 } 7317 } 7318 } 7319 7320 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 7321 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 7322 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 7323 7324 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 7325 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 7326 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 7327 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 7328 var->getLocation()) 7329 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored && 7330 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 7331 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 7332 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7333 7334 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 7335 llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 7336 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 7337 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 7338 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 7339 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 7340 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 7341 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 7342 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 7343 Notes.clear(); 7344 } 7345 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 7346 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 7347 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 7348 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 7349 } 7350 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 7351 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 7352 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 7353 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 7354 var->checkInitIsICE(); 7355 } 7356 } 7357 7358 // Require the destructor. 7359 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 7360 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 7361} 7362 7363/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 7364/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 7365void 7366Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 7367 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 7368 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 7369 7370 const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 7371 if (!VD) 7372 return; 7373 7374 if (VD->isFileVarDecl()) 7375 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 7376 7377 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 7378 // tag values. 7379 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 7380 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 7381 return; 7382 7383 for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr> 7384 I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(), 7385 E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(); 7386 I != E; ++I) { 7387 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 7388 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 7389 continue; 7390 } 7391 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 7392 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 7393 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 7394 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 7395 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 7396 continue; 7397 } 7398 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 7399 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 7400 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 7401 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 7402 continue; 7403 } 7404 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 7405 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 7406 MagicValue, 7407 I->getMatchingCType(), 7408 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 7409 I->getMustBeNull()); 7410 } 7411} 7412 7413Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 7414Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 7415 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 7416 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 7417 7418 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 7419 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 7420 7421 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 7422 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 7423 Decls.push_back(D); 7424 7425 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) 7426 if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) 7427 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 7428 7429 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 7430 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 7431} 7432 7433/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 7434/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 7435Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 7436Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 7437 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7438 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 7439 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 7440 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 7441 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 7442 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 7443 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 7444 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 7445 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 7446 QualType Deduced; 7447 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 7448 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 7449 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 7450 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 7451 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 7452 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 7453 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 7454 break; 7455 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 7456 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 7457 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 7458 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 7459 Deduced = U; 7460 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 7461 DeducedDecl = D; 7462 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 7463 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 7464 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 7465 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 7466 << U << D->getDeclName() 7467 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 7468 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 7469 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7470 break; 7471 } 7472 } 7473 } 7474 } 7475 } 7476 7477 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group, NumDecls); 7478 7479 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 7480} 7481 7482void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 7483 ActOnDocumentableDecls(&D, 1); 7484} 7485 7486void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 7487 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 7488 if (NumDecls == 0 || !Group[0]) 7489 return; 7490 7491 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 7492 Group[0]->getLocation()) 7493 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 7494 return; 7495 7496 if (NumDecls >= 2) { 7497 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 7498 // procuded from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 7499 // additional declaration references: 7500 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 7501 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 7502 // 'struct S *pS;' 7503 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 7504 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 7505 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 7506 Group++; 7507 NumDecls--; 7508 } 7509 } 7510 7511 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 7512 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 7513 if (!Comments.empty() && 7514 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 7515 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 7516 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 7517 // 7518 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 7519 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 7520 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 7521 // ahead through comments. 7522 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 7523 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 7524 } 7525} 7526 7527/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 7528/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 7529Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 7530 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 7531 7532 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 7533 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 7534 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 7535 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 7536 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 7537 StorageClass = SC_Register; 7538 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 7539 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7540 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 7541 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 7542 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto; 7543 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 7544 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7545 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 7546 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 7547 } 7548 7549 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 7550 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 7551 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 7552 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 7553 << 0; 7554 7555 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 7556 7557 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7558 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 7559 7560 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7561 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 7562 // parameter. 7563 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 7564 7565 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 7566 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7567 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 7568 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7569 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 7570 } 7571 } 7572 7573 // Ensure we have a valid name 7574 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 7575 if (D.hasName()) { 7576 II = D.getIdentifier(); 7577 if (!II) { 7578 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 7579 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 7580 D.setInvalidType(true); 7581 } 7582 } 7583 7584 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 7585 if (II) { 7586 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 7587 ForRedeclaration); 7588 LookupName(R, S); 7589 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 7590 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7591 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7592 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7593 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 7594 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7595 PrevDecl = 0; 7596 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 7597 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 7598 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7599 7600 // Recover by removing the name 7601 II = 0; 7602 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7603 D.setInvalidType(true); 7604 } 7605 } 7606 } 7607 7608 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 7609 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 7610 // looking like class members in C++. 7611 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 7612 D.getLocStart(), 7613 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 7614 parmDeclType, TInfo, 7615 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 7616 7617 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7618 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7619 7620 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 7621 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 7622 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 7623 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 7624 7625 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 7626 S->AddDecl(New); 7627 if (II) 7628 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 7629 7630 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 7631 7632 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 7633 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 7634 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 7635 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 7636 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7637 7638 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7639 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7640 } 7641 return New; 7642} 7643 7644/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 7645/// typedef. 7646ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 7647 SourceLocation Loc, 7648 QualType T) { 7649 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 7650 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 7651 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 7652 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 7653 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 7654 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 7655 Param->setImplicit(); 7656 return Param; 7657} 7658 7659void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 7660 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 7661 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 7662 // will already have done so in the template itself. 7663 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 7664 return; 7665 7666 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 7667 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 7668 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 7669 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 7670 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 7671 } 7672 } 7673} 7674 7675void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 7676 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 7677 QualType ReturnTy, 7678 NamedDecl *D) { 7679 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 7680 return; 7681 7682 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 7683 // threshold. 7684 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 7685 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 7686 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 7687 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 7688 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 7689 } 7690 7691 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 7692 // threshold. 7693 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 7694 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 7695 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 7696 continue; 7697 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 7698 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 7699 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 7700 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 7701 } 7702} 7703 7704ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7705 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 7706 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 7707 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 7708 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 7709 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 7710 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 7711 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 7712 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 7713 7714 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 7715 7716 // Special cases for arrays: 7717 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 7718 // - otherwise, it's an error 7719 if (T->isArrayType()) { 7720 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 7721 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 7722 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 7723 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 7724 } 7725 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 7726 } else { 7727 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 7728 } 7729 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 7730 } 7731 7732 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 7733 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 7734 TSInfo, 7735 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 7736 0); 7737 7738 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 7739 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7740 // the class has been completely parsed. 7741 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 7742 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7743 AbstractParamType)) 7744 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7745 7746 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 7747 // passed by reference. 7748 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 7749 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 7750 Diag(NameLoc, 7751 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 7752 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 7753 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 7754 New->setType(T); 7755 } 7756 7757 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 7758 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 7759 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 7760 // an address space. 7761 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 7762 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 7763 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7764 } 7765 7766 return New; 7767} 7768 7769void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 7770 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 7771 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7772 7773 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 7774 // for a K&R function. 7775 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 7776 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 7777 --i; 7778 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 7779 SmallString<256> Code; 7780 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 7781 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 7782 << ";\n"; 7783 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 7784 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 7785 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 7786 7787 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 7788 // type. 7789 AttributeFactory attrs; 7790 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 7791 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 7792 unsigned DiagID; // unused 7793 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 7794 PrevSpec, DiagID); 7795 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 7796 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 7797 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 7798 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 7799 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 7800 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 7801 } 7802 } 7803 } 7804} 7805 7806Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 7807 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 7808 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 7809 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 7810 7811 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 7812 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 7813 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 7814} 7815 7816static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 7817 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 7818 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 7819 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7820 return false; 7821 7822 // Or declarations that aren't global. 7823 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 7824 return false; 7825 7826 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 7827 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 7828 return false; 7829 7830 // Don't warn about 'main'. 7831 if (FD->isMain()) 7832 return false; 7833 7834 // Don't warn about inline functions. 7835 if (FD->isInlined()) 7836 return false; 7837 7838 // Don't warn about function templates. 7839 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 7840 return false; 7841 7842 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 7843 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 7844 return false; 7845 7846 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 7847 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 7848 return false; 7849 7850 bool MissingPrototype = true; 7851 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 7852 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 7853 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 7854 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 7855 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 7856 continue; 7857 7858 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 7859 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 7860 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 7861 break; 7862 } 7863 7864 return MissingPrototype; 7865} 7866 7867void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 7868 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 7869 // was an extern inline function. 7870 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 7871 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 7872 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) { 7873 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 7874 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 7875 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 7876 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 7877 else 7878 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 7879 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7880 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7881 } 7882} 7883 7884Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 7885 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 7886 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 7887 7888 if (!D) 7889 return D; 7890 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 7891 7892 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 7893 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 7894 else 7895 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 7896 7897 // Enter a new function scope 7898 PushFunctionScope(); 7899 7900 // See if this is a redefinition. 7901 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 7902 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 7903 7904 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 7905 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 7906 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 7907 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 7908 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7909 } 7910 } 7911 7912 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 7913 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 7914 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 7915 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 7916 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 7917 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 7918 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 7919 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7920 7921 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 7922 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 7923 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 7924 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 7925 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 7926 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0; 7927 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 7928 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 7929 7930 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 7931 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 7932 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 7933 TypeSourceInfo* TI = PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo(); 7934 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 7935 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc* FTL = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>(&TL)) 7936 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 7937 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 7938 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 7939 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL->getRParenLoc(), "void"); 7940 } 7941 } 7942 7943 if (FnBodyScope) 7944 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 7945 7946 // Check the validity of our function parameters 7947 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 7948 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 7949 7950 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 7951 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 7952 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 7953 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 7954 7955 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 7956 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 7957 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 7958 7959 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 7960 } 7961 } 7962 7963 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 7964 // introduce them into the function scope. 7965 if (FnBodyScope) { 7966 for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 7967 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) { 7968 NamedDecl *D = *I; 7969 7970 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 7971 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 7972 // and reattach to the current context. 7973 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 7974 // Is the decl actually in the context? 7975 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(), 7976 DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) { 7977 if (*DI == D) { 7978 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 7979 break; 7980 } 7981 } 7982 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 7983 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7984 } 7985 7986 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 7987 if (!D->getName().empty()) 7988 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 7989 7990 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 7991 // accessible in this scope. 7992 if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 7993 for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(), 7994 EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI) 7995 PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 7996 } 7997 } 7998 } 7999 8000 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 8001 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 8002 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 8003 8004 // Checking attributes of current function definition 8005 // dllimport attribute. 8006 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 8007 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 8008 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 8009 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 8010 if (!DA->isInherited() && 8011 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 8012 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8013 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 8014 << "dllimport"; 8015 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8016 return D; 8017 } 8018 8019 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 8020 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 8021 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 8022 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 8023 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 8024 // emitted. 8025 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8026 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 8027 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 8028 } 8029 } 8030 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 8031 // a function template). 8032 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 8033 return D; 8034} 8035 8036/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 8037/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 8038/// optimization. 8039/// 8040/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 8041/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 8042/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 8043/// use the named return value optimization. 8044/// 8045/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 8046/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 8047/// the NRVO variable. 8048/// 8049/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 8050/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 8051/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 8052void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 8053 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 8054 8055 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 8056 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 8057 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 8058 return; 8059 8060 if (!NRVOCandidate) 8061 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 8062 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 8063 return; 8064 } 8065 8066 if (NRVOCandidate) 8067 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 8068} 8069 8070bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 8071 if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D)) 8072 return false; 8073 8074 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) 8075 return true; 8076 8077 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8078 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 8079 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 8080 else 8081 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 8082 8083 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 8084 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 8085 // rest of the file. 8086 return !FD->isConstexpr(); 8087} 8088 8089Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 8090 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 8091 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8092 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 8093 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8094 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0); 8095} 8096 8097Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 8098 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 8099} 8100 8101Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 8102 bool IsInstantiation) { 8103 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8104 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 8105 if (FunTmpl) 8106 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8107 else 8108 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 8109 8110 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 8111 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 8112 8113 if (FD) { 8114 FD->setBody(Body); 8115 8116 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 8117 // don't complain about missing return statements. 8118 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 8119 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 8120 8121 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 8122 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 8123 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure()) 8124 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 8125 8126 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8127 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 8128 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 8129 FD->getResultType(), FD); 8130 8131 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 8132 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 8133 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 8134 8135 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 8136 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 8137 // to deduce an implicit return type. 8138 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() && 8139 !FD->isDependentContext()) 8140 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8141 } 8142 8143 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 8144 "Function parsing confused"); 8145 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 8146 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 8147 MD->setBody(Body); 8148 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8149 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 8150 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 8151 MD->getResultType(), MD); 8152 8153 if (Body) 8154 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8155 } 8156 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 8157 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 8158 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 8159 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 8160 } 8161 } else { 8162 return 0; 8163 } 8164 8165 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 8166 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 8167 "handled in the block above."); 8168 8169 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 8170 if (Body) { 8171 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 8172 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 8173 // Verify this. 8174 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 8175 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 8176 8177 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 8178 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 8179 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 8180 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() && 8181 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 8182 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 8183 8184 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 8185 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 8186 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 8187 8188 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 8189 Destructor->getParent()); 8190 } 8191 8192 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 8193 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 8194 // deletion in some later function. 8195 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 8196 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 8197 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 8198 } 8199 if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 8200 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 8201 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 8202 // enabled. 8203 ActivePolicy = &WP; 8204 } 8205 8206 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 8207 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 8208 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 8209 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8210 8211 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 8212 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 8213 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 8214 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 8215 } 8216 8217 if (!IsInstantiation) 8218 PopDeclContext(); 8219 8220 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 8221 8222 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 8223 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 8224 // deletion in some later function. 8225 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 8226 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 8227 } 8228 8229 return dcl; 8230} 8231 8232 8233/// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 8234/// relevant Decl. 8235void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 8236 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 8237 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 8238 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 8239 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 8240 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 8241 8242 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 8243 if (Method->isStatic()) 8244 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 8245} 8246 8247 8248/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 8249/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 8250NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 8251 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 8252 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 8253 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 8254 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 8255 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 8256 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 8257 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(&II); 8258 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 8259 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 8260 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8261 return Pos->second; 8262 } 8263 8264 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 8265 unsigned diag_id; 8266 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 8267 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 8268 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 8269 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 8270 else 8271 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 8272 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 8273 8274 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 8275 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 8276 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 8277 TypoCorrection Corrected; 8278 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 8279 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 8280 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) { 8281 std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()); 8282 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()); 8283 FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>(); 8284 8285 Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr 8286 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr); 8287 8288 if (Func->getLocation().isValid() 8289 && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 8290 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 8291 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 8292 } 8293 } 8294 8295 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 8296 const char *Dummy; 8297 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 8298 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 8299 unsigned DiagID; 8300 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 8301 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 8302 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 8303 SourceLocation NoLoc; 8304 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 8305 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 8306 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 8307 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 8308 /*ArgInfo=*/0, 8309 /*NumArgs=*/0, 8310 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 8311 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 8312 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 8313 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 8314 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8315 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8316 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8317 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 8318 EST_None, 8319 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 8320 /*Exceptions=*/0, 8321 /*ExceptionRanges=*/0, 8322 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 8323 /*NoexceptExpr=*/0, 8324 Loc, Loc, D), 8325 DS.getAttributes(), 8326 SourceLocation()); 8327 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 8328 8329 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 8330 8331 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 8332 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 8333 8334 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 8335 FD->setImplicit(); 8336 8337 CurContext = PrevDC; 8338 8339 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 8340 8341 return FD; 8342} 8343 8344/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 8345/// the declaration of this function. 8346/// 8347/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 8348/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 8349/// like NSLog or printf. 8350/// 8351/// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 8352/// attributes are applied to declarations. 8353void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8354 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 8355 return; 8356 8357 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 8358 // actual attributes. 8359 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 8360 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 8361 unsigned FormatIdx; 8362 bool HasVAListArg; 8363 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 8364 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 8365 const char *fmt = "printf"; 8366 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 8367 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 8368 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8369 fmt = "NSString"; 8370 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8371 fmt, FormatIdx+1, 8372 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 8373 } 8374 } 8375 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 8376 HasVAListArg)) { 8377 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 8378 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8379 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 8380 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 8381 } 8382 8383 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 8384 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 8385 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 8386 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 8387 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 8388 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 8389 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8390 } 8391 8392 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 8393 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 8394 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8395 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 8396 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8397 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 8398 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8399 } 8400 8401 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 8402 if (!Name) 8403 return; 8404 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8405 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 8406 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 8407 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 8408 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 8409 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 8410 // about. 8411 } else 8412 return; 8413 8414 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 8415 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 8416 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 8417 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 8418 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8419 "printf", 2, 8420 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 8421 } 8422 8423 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 8424 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 8425 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 8426 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 8427 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1)); 8428 } 8429} 8430 8431TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 8432 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 8433 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 8434 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 8435 8436 if (!TInfo) { 8437 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 8438 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 8439 } 8440 8441 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 8442 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 8443 D.getLocStart(), 8444 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8445 D.getIdentifier(), 8446 TInfo); 8447 8448 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 8449 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 8450 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 8451 return NewTD; 8452 } 8453 8454 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8455 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8456 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 8457 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 8458 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 8459 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 8460 else 8461 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 8462 } 8463 8464 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 8465 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 8466 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 8467 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 8468 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 8469 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 8470 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 8471 case TST_enum: 8472 case TST_struct: 8473 case TST_interface: 8474 case TST_union: 8475 case TST_class: { 8476 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 8477 8478 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 8479 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 8480 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 8481 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 8482 8483 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 8484 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 8485 8486 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 8487 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 8488 break; 8489 8490 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 8491 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 8492 break; 8493 } 8494 8495 default: 8496 break; 8497 } 8498 8499 return NewTD; 8500} 8501 8502 8503/// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 8504bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 8505 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8506 QualType T = TI->getType(); 8507 8508 if (T->isDependentType()) 8509 return false; 8510 8511 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 8512 if (BT->isInteger()) 8513 return false; 8514 8515 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 8516 return true; 8517} 8518 8519/// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 8520/// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 8521bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 8522 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 8523 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 8524 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 8525 8526 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 8527 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 8528 << Prev->isScoped(); 8529 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8530 return true; 8531 } 8532 8533 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 8534 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 8535 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 8536 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 8537 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 8538 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 8539 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 8540 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8541 return true; 8542 } 8543 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 8544 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 8545 << Prev->isFixed(); 8546 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8547 return true; 8548 } 8549 8550 return false; 8551} 8552 8553/// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 8554/// redeclaration diagnostic message. 8555/// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 8556/// 8557/// \returns diagnostic %select index. 8558static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 8559 switch (Tag) { 8560 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 8561 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 8562 case TTK_Class: return 2; 8563 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 8564 } 8565} 8566 8567/// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 8568/// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 8569/// 8570/// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 8571static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 8572{ 8573 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 8574} 8575 8576/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 8577/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 8578/// 8579/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 8580bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 8581 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 8582 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 8583 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 8584 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 8585 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 8586 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 8587 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 8588 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 8589 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 8590 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 8591 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 8592 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 8593 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 8594 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 8595 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 8596 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 8597 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 8598 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 8599 if (OldTag == NewTag) 8600 return true; 8601 8602 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 8603 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 8604 bool isTemplate = false; 8605 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 8606 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 8607 8608 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8609 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 8610 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 8611 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 8612 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8613 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 8614 return true; 8615 } 8616 8617 if (isDefinition) { 8618 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 8619 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 8620 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 8621 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 8622 return true; 8623 } 8624 8625 bool previousMismatch = false; 8626 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 8627 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 8628 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 8629 if (!previousMismatch) { 8630 previousMismatch = true; 8631 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 8632 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8633 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 8634 } 8635 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 8636 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 8637 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 8638 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 8639 } 8640 } 8641 return true; 8642 } 8643 8644 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 8645 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 8646 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 8647 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 8648 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 8649 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 8650 return true; 8651 } 8652 8653 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 8654 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8655 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 8656 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8657 8658 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 8659 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 8660 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 8661 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 8662 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 8663 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 8664 } 8665 8666 return true; 8667 } 8668 return false; 8669} 8670 8671/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 8672/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 8673/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 8674/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 8675Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 8676 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 8677 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 8678 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 8679 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 8680 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 8681 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 8682 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 8683 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 8684 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 8685 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 8686 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 8687 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 8688 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 8689 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 8690 8691 OwnedDecl = false; 8692 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 8693 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 8694 8695 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 8696 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 8697 bool Invalid = false; 8698 8699 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 8700 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 8701 // for non-C++ cases. 8702 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 8703 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 8704 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 8705 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 8706 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 8707 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 8708 TUK == TUK_Friend, 8709 isExplicitSpecialization, 8710 Invalid)) { 8711 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 8712 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 8713 // be a member of another template). 8714 8715 if (Invalid) 8716 return 0; 8717 8718 OwnedDecl = false; 8719 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 8720 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 8721 TemplateParams, AS, 8722 ModulePrivateLoc, 8723 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 8724 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 8725 return Result.get(); 8726 } else { 8727 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 8728 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 8729 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 8730 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 8731 } 8732 } 8733 } 8734 8735 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 8736 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 8737 // redeclaration. 8738 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 8739 8740 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 8741 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 8742 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 8743 // type, default to int. 8744 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8745 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 8746 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 8747 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 8748 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 8749 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 8750 EnumUnderlying = TI; 8751 8752 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 8753 // Recover by falling back to int. 8754 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8755 8756 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 8757 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 8758 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8759 8760 } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 8761 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 8762 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8763 } 8764 8765 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 8766 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 8767 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 8768 8769 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 8770 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 8771 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 8772 8773 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 8774 8775 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 8776 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 8777 8778 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 8779 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 8780 Name = 0; 8781 goto CreateNewDecl; 8782 } 8783 8784 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 8785 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 8786 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 8787 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 8788 if (!DC) { 8789 IsDependent = true; 8790 return 0; 8791 } 8792 } else { 8793 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 8794 if (!DC) { 8795 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 8796 << SS.getRange(); 8797 return 0; 8798 } 8799 } 8800 8801 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 8802 return 0; 8803 8804 SearchDC = DC; 8805 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 8806 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 8807 8808 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 8809 return 0; 8810 8811 if (Previous.empty()) { 8812 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 8813 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 8814 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 8815 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 8816 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 8817 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 8818 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 8819 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 8820 IsDependent = true; 8821 return 0; 8822 } 8823 8824 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 8825 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 8826 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 8827 Name = 0; 8828 Invalid = true; 8829 goto CreateNewDecl; 8830 } 8831 } else if (Name) { 8832 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 8833 // declaration or definition. 8834 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 8835 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 8836 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 8837 LookupName(Previous, S); 8838 8839 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 8840 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 8841 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 8842 while (F.hasNext()) { 8843 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 8844 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 8845 F.erase(); 8846 } 8847 F.done(); 8848 } 8849 8850 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 8851 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 8852 return 0; 8853 8854 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 8855 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 8856 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 8857 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 8858 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 8859 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 8860 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 8861 } 8862 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 8863 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 8864 // initial context to the translation unit. 8865 // FIXME: [citation needed] 8866 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 8867 } 8868 8869 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 8870 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 8871 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8872 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 8873 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8874 Previous.clear(); 8875 } 8876 8877 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 8878 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 8879 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 8880 isStdBadAlloc = true; 8881 8882 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 8883 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 8884 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 8885 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 8886 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 8887 } 8888 } 8889 8890 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 8891 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 8892 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 8893 // there's a shadow friend decl. 8894 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 8895 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 8896 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 8897 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 8898 8899 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 8900 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 8901 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 8902 // 8903 // class-key identifier 8904 // 8905 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 8906 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 8907 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 8908 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 8909 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 8910 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 8911 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 8912 // declaration. 8913 // 8914 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 8915 // C structs and unions. 8916 // 8917 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 8918 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 8919 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 8920 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 8921 // 8922 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 8923 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 8924 // 8925 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 8926 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 8927 // lexical context, 8928 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8929 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 8930 8931 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 8932 while (S->isClassScope() || 8933 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8934 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 8935 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 8936 (S->getEntity() && 8937 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 8938 S = S->getParent(); 8939 } else { 8940 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 8941 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 8942 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 8943 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 8944 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 8945 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 8946 } 8947 8948 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 8949 // diagnose some problems. 8950 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8951 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 8952 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 8953 } 8954 } 8955 8956 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8957 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 8958 8959 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 8960 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 8961 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 8962 // in C++. 8963 // 8964 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 8965 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 8966 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 8967 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 8968 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8969 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8970 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 8971 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 8972 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 8973 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 8974 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 8975 PrevDecl = Tag; 8976 Previous.clear(); 8977 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 8978 Previous.resolveKind(); 8979 } 8980 } 8981 } 8982 } 8983 8984 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8985 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 8986 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 8987 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 8988 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 8989 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 8990 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 8991 // struct or something similar. 8992 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 8993 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 8994 *Name)) { 8995 bool SafeToContinue 8996 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 8997 Kind != TTK_Enum); 8998 if (SafeToContinue) 8999 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 9000 << Name 9001 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 9002 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 9003 else 9004 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 9005 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9006 9007 if (SafeToContinue) 9008 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 9009 else { 9010 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 9011 Name = 0; 9012 Previous.clear(); 9013 Invalid = true; 9014 } 9015 } 9016 9017 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 9018 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 9019 9020 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 9021 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 9022 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9023 if (ScopedEnum) 9024 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 9025 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 9026 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 9027 return PrevTagDecl; 9028 } 9029 9030 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 9031 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 9032 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType(); 9033 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 9034 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 9035 9036 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 9037 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 9038 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 9039 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 9040 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 9041 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; 9042 } 9043 9044 if (!Invalid) { 9045 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 9046 9047 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 9048 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 9049 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 9050 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 9051 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 9052 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 9053 return PrevTagDecl; 9054 9055 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 9056 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 9057 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 9058 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 9059 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 9060 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 9061 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 9062 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 9063 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 9064 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 9065 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 9066 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 9067 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 9068 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 9069 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 9070 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 9071 } 9072 9073 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 9074 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 9075 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 9076 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 9077 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 9078 else 9079 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 9080 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9081 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 9082 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 9083 // references get the previous definition. 9084 Name = 0; 9085 Previous.clear(); 9086 Invalid = true; 9087 } 9088 } else { 9089 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 9090 // about a nested redefinition. 9091 const TagType *Tag 9092 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 9093 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9094 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 9095 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 9096 diag::note_previous_definition); 9097 Name = 0; 9098 Previous.clear(); 9099 Invalid = true; 9100 } 9101 } 9102 9103 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 9104 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 9105 } 9106 } 9107 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 9108 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 9109 9110 } else { 9111 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 9112 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 9113 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 9114 // have distinct types. 9115 Previous.clear(); 9116 } 9117 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 9118 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 9119 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 9120 9121 9122 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 9123 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 9124 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 9125 } else { 9126 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 9127 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 9128 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 9129 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 9130 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 9131 unsigned Kind = 0; 9132 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9133 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9134 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9135 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 9136 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 9137 Invalid = true; 9138 9139 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 9140 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 9141 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 9142 // do nothing 9143 9144 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 9145 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9146 unsigned Kind = 0; 9147 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9148 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9149 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9150 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 9151 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 9152 Invalid = true; 9153 9154 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 9155 // case here. 9156 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9157 unsigned Kind = 0; 9158 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9159 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 9160 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 9161 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 9162 Invalid = true; 9163 9164 // Otherwise, diagnose. 9165 } else { 9166 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 9167 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 9168 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 9169 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9170 Name = 0; 9171 Invalid = true; 9172 } 9173 9174 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 9175 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 9176 Previous.clear(); 9177 } 9178 } 9179 9180CreateNewDecl: 9181 9182 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 9183 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 9184 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 9185 9186 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 9187 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 9188 // keyword. 9189 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 9190 9191 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 9192 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 9193 // PrevDecl. 9194 TagDecl *New; 9195 9196 bool IsForwardReference = false; 9197 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9198 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 9199 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 9200 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9201 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 9202 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 9203 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 9204 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 9205 TagDecl *Def; 9206 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 9207 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 9208 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 9209 } 9210 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 9211 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 9212 << New; 9213 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9214 } else { 9215 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 9216 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 9217 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 9218 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 9219 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 9220 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 9221 9222 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 9223 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 9224 // the declaration context. 9225 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 9226 IsForwardReference = true; 9227 } 9228 } 9229 9230 if (EnumUnderlying) { 9231 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 9232 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 9233 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 9234 else 9235 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 9236 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 9237 } 9238 9239 } else { 9240 // struct/union/class 9241 9242 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 9243 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 9244 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9245 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 9246 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9247 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 9248 9249 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 9250 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 9251 } else 9252 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9253 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 9254 } 9255 9256 // Maybe add qualifier info. 9257 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 9258 if (SS.isSet()) { 9259 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 9260 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 9261 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 9262 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 9263 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 9264 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 9265 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 9266 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 9267 Invalid = true; 9268 9269 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 9270 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 9271 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 9272 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 9273 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 9274 } 9275 } 9276 else 9277 Invalid = true; 9278 } 9279 9280 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 9281 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 9282 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 9283 // 9284 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 9285 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 9286 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 9287 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 9288 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 9289 // parsing of the struct). 9290 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 9291 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 9292 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 9293 } 9294 } 9295 9296 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 9297 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 9298 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 9299 << 2 9300 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 9301 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 9302 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 9303 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 9304 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9305 New->setModulePrivate(); 9306 } 9307 9308 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 9309 // check the specialization. 9310 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 9311 Invalid = true; 9312 9313 if (Invalid) 9314 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9315 9316 if (Attr) 9317 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 9318 9319 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 9320 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 9321 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 9322 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 9323 9324 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 9325 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 9326 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 9327 9328 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 9329 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 9330 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 9331 // the tag name visible. 9332 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 9333 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 9334 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt); 9335 9336 // Set the access specifier. 9337 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 9338 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 9339 9340 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 9341 New->startDefinition(); 9342 9343 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 9344 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9345 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 9346 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 9347 if (PrevDecl) 9348 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 9349 9350 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 9351 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 9352 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 9353 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 9354 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 9355 } else if (Name) { 9356 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 9357 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 9358 if (IsForwardReference) 9359 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 9360 9361 } else { 9362 CurContext->addDecl(New); 9363 } 9364 9365 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 9366 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 9367 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 9368 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 9369 II->isStr("FILE")) 9370 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 9371 9372 // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this 9373 // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 9374 if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9375 InFunctionDeclarator && Name) 9376 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 9377 9378 if (PrevDecl) 9379 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 9380 9381 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 9382 // record. 9383 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 9384 9385 OwnedDecl = true; 9386 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 9387 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 9388 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New; 9389} 9390 9391void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 9392 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9393 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9394 9395 // Enter the tag context. 9396 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 9397 9398 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 9399 9400 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 9401 // record. 9402 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 9403} 9404 9405Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 9406 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 9407 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 9408 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 9409 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 9410 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 9411 CurContext = OCD; 9412 return IDecl; 9413} 9414 9415void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 9416 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 9417 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 9418 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9419 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 9420 9421 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 9422 9423 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 9424 return; 9425 9426 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 9427 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 9428 9429 // C++ [class]p2: 9430 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 9431 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 9432 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 9433 // as if it were a public member name. 9434 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 9435 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 9436 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 9437 Record->getIdentifier(), 9438 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 9439 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 9440 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 9441 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 9442 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 9443 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 9444 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 9445 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 9446 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 9447 "Broken injected-class-name"); 9448} 9449 9450void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 9451 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 9452 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9453 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9454 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 9455 9456 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 9457 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9458 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 9459 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 9460 RD->completeDefinition(); 9461 } 9462 9463 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 9464 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 9465 9466 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 9467 PopDeclContext(); 9468 9469 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 9470 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 9471} 9472 9473void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 9474 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 9475 PopDeclContext(); 9476} 9477 9478void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 9479 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 9480 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 9481 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 9482} 9483 9484void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 9485 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 9486 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 9487} 9488 9489void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 9490 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9491 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9492 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 9493 9494 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 9495 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9496 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 9497 RD->completeDefinition(); 9498 } 9499 9500 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 9501 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 9502 // the FieldCollector. 9503 9504 PopDeclContext(); 9505} 9506 9507// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 9508ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 9509 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 9510 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 9511 bool *ZeroWidth) { 9512 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 9513 if (ZeroWidth) 9514 *ZeroWidth = true; 9515 9516 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 9517 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 9518 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9519 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 9520 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 9521 return ExprError(); 9522 if (FieldName) 9523 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 9524 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 9525 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 9526 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 9527 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 9528 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 9529 return ExprError(); 9530 9531 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 9532 // it now. 9533 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 9534 return Owned(BitWidth); 9535 9536 llvm::APSInt Value; 9537 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 9538 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 9539 return ICE; 9540 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 9541 9542 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 9543 *ZeroWidth = false; 9544 9545 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 9546 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 9547 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 9548 9549 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 9550 if (FieldName) 9551 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 9552 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 9553 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 9554 << Value.toString(10); 9555 } 9556 9557 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 9558 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 9559 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 9560 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9561 if (FieldName) 9562 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9563 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 9564 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9565 9566 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9567 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9568 } 9569 9570 if (FieldName) 9571 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9572 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 9573 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9574 else 9575 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9576 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9577 } 9578 } 9579 9580 return Owned(BitWidth); 9581} 9582 9583/// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 9584/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 9585Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 9586 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 9587 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 9588 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 9589 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 9590 return Res; 9591} 9592 9593/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 9594/// 9595FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 9596 SourceLocation DeclStart, 9597 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 9598 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 9599 AccessSpecifier AS) { 9600 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 9601 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 9602 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 9603 9604 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9605 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 9606 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9607 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9608 9609 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 9610 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 9611 D.setInvalidType(); 9612 T = Context.IntTy; 9613 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 9614 } 9615 } 9616 9617 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 9618 9619 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 9620 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 9621 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 9622 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 9623 << 2; 9624 9625 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 9626 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 9627 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 9628 LookupName(Previous, S); 9629 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 9630 case LookupResult::Found: 9631 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 9632 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 9633 break; 9634 9635 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 9636 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9637 break; 9638 9639 case LookupResult::NotFound: 9640 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 9641 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 9642 break; 9643 } 9644 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 9645 9646 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9647 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9648 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 9649 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9650 PrevDecl = 0; 9651 } 9652 9653 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 9654 PrevDecl = 0; 9655 9656 bool Mutable 9657 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 9658 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 9659 FieldDecl *NewFD 9660 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 9661 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 9662 9663 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9664 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9665 9666 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9667 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 9668 9669 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 9670 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 9671 // with the same name in the same scope. 9672 } else if (II) { 9673 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 9674 } else 9675 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 9676 9677 return NewFD; 9678} 9679 9680/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 9681/// 9682/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 9683/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 9684/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 9685/// created. 9686/// 9687/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 9688/// 9689/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 9690FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 9691 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 9692 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 9693 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 9694 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 9695 SourceLocation TSSL, 9696 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 9697 Declarator *D) { 9698 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 9699 bool InvalidDecl = false; 9700 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 9701 9702 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 9703 // marking this declaration as invalid. 9704 if (T.isNull()) { 9705 InvalidDecl = true; 9706 T = Context.IntTy; 9707 } 9708 9709 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 9710 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 9711 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 9712 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 9713 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9714 InvalidDecl = true; 9715 } else { 9716 NamedDecl *Def; 9717 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 9718 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 9719 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9720 InvalidDecl = true; 9721 } 9722 } 9723 } 9724 9725 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 9726 // than a variably modified type. 9727 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 9728 bool SizeIsNegative; 9729 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 9730 9731 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 9732 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 9733 SizeIsNegative, 9734 Oversized); 9735 if (FixedTInfo) { 9736 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 9737 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 9738 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 9739 } else { 9740 if (SizeIsNegative) 9741 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 9742 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 9743 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 9744 << Oversized.toString(10); 9745 else 9746 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 9747 InvalidDecl = true; 9748 } 9749 } 9750 9751 // Fields can not have abstract class types 9752 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 9753 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9754 AbstractFieldType)) 9755 InvalidDecl = true; 9756 9757 bool ZeroWidth = false; 9758 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 9759 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 9760 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take(); 9761 if (!BitWidth) { 9762 InvalidDecl = true; 9763 BitWidth = 0; 9764 ZeroWidth = false; 9765 } 9766 } 9767 9768 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 9769 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 9770 unsigned DiagID = 0; 9771 if (T->isReferenceType()) 9772 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 9773 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 9774 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 9775 9776 if (DiagID) { 9777 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 9778 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 9779 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 9780 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 9781 Mutable = false; 9782 InvalidDecl = true; 9783 } 9784 } 9785 9786 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 9787 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 9788 if (InvalidDecl) 9789 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9790 9791 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9792 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 9793 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9794 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9795 } 9796 9797 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9798 if (Record->isUnion()) { 9799 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9800 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 9801 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 9802 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 9803 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 9804 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 9805 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 9806 // objects. 9807 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 9808 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9809 } 9810 } 9811 9812 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 9813 // the program is ill-formed. 9814 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 9815 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 9816 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 9817 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9818 } 9819 } 9820 } 9821 9822 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 9823 // representation, not a parser representation. 9824 if (D) 9825 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 9826 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 9827 9828 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 9829 // retainable type. 9830 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 9831 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9832 9833 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 9834 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 9835 9836 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 9837 return NewFD; 9838} 9839 9840bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 9841 assert(FD); 9842 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 9843 9844 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9845 return true; 9846 9847 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 9848 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9849 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 9850 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 9851 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 9852 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 9853 // copy constructors. 9854 9855 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 9856 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 9857 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 9858 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 9859 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 9860 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 9861 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 9862 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 9863 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 9864 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 9865 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 9866 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 9867 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 9868 member = CXXDestructor; 9869 9870 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 9871 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 9872 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 9873 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 9874 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 9875 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 9876 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 9877 // members unavailable. 9878 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 9879 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 9880 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 9881 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 9882 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 9883 return false; 9884 } 9885 } 9886 9887 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 9888 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 9889 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 9890 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 9891 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 9892 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 9893 } 9894 } 9895 } 9896 9897 return false; 9898} 9899 9900/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 9901/// AST enum value. 9902static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 9903TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 9904 switch (ivarVisibility) { 9905 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 9906 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 9907 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 9908 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 9909 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 9910 } 9911} 9912 9913/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 9914/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 9915Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 9916 SourceLocation DeclStart, 9917 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 9918 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 9919 9920 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 9921 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 9922 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 9923 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 9924 9925 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 9926 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 9927 9928 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9929 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 9930 9931 if (BitWidth) { 9932 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 9933 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take(); 9934 if (!BitWidth) 9935 D.setInvalidType(); 9936 } else { 9937 // Not a bitfield. 9938 9939 // validate II. 9940 9941 } 9942 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 9943 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 9944 D.setInvalidType(); 9945 } 9946 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 9947 // than a variably modified type. 9948 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 9949 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 9950 D.setInvalidType(); 9951 } 9952 9953 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 9954 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 9955 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 9956 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 9957 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 9958 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 9959 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9960 return 0; 9961 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 9962 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 9963 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9964 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 9965 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 9966 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 9967 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 9968 } 9969 else 9970 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 9971 } else { 9972 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 9973 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9974 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 9975 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 9976 return 0; 9977 } 9978 } 9979 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 9980 } 9981 9982 // Construct the decl. 9983 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 9984 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 9985 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 9986 9987 if (II) { 9988 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 9989 ForRedeclaration); 9990 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 9991 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9992 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 9993 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9994 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 9995 } 9996 } 9997 9998 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 9999 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 10000 10001 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10002 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10003 10004 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 10005 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 10006 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10007 10008 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10009 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 10010 10011 if (II) { 10012 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 10013 // these to the interface. 10014 S->AddDecl(NewID); 10015 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 10016 } 10017 10018 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 10019 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 10020 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 10021 10022 return NewID; 10023} 10024 10025/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 10026/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 10027/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 10028/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 10029void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 10030 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 10031 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 10032 return; 10033 10034 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 10035 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 10036 10037 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 10038 return; 10039 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 10040 if (!ID) { 10041 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 10042 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 10043 return; 10044 } 10045 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 10046 else 10047 return; 10048 } 10049 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 10050 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 10051 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 10052 10053 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 10054 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 10055 Context.CharTy, 10056 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 10057 DeclLoc), 10058 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 10059 true); 10060 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 10061} 10062 10063void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 10064 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 10065 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 10066 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 10067 AttributeList *Attr) { 10068 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 10069 10070 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 10071 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 10072 // it will now change. 10073 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10074 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10075 switch (DC->getKind()) { 10076 default: break; 10077 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 10078 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10079 break; 10080 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 10081 Context. 10082 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10083 break; 10084 } 10085 } 10086 10087 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10088 10089 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 10090 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 10091 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 10092 if (Record) { 10093 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(), 10094 e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) { 10095 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i)) 10096 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 10097 ++NumNamedMembers; 10098 } 10099 } 10100 10101 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 10102 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 10103 10104 bool ARCErrReported = false; 10105 for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 10106 i != end; ++i) { 10107 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 10108 10109 // Get the type for the field. 10110 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 10111 10112 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 10113 // Remember all fields written by the user. 10114 RecFields.push_back(FD); 10115 } 10116 10117 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 10118 // diagnostics about it. 10119 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10120 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10121 continue; 10122 } 10123 10124 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 10125 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 10126 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 10127 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 10128 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 10129 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 10130 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 10131 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 10132 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 10133 // array. 10134 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 10135 // Field declared as a function. 10136 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 10137 << FD->getDeclName(); 10138 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10139 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10140 continue; 10141 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 10142 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 10143 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 10144 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 10145 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 10146 // Flexible array member. 10147 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 10148 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 10149 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 10150 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 10151 if (Record->isUnion()) 10152 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 10153 << FD->getDeclName(); 10154 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 10155 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 10156 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10157 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10158 if (Record->isUnion()) 10159 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 10160 << FD->getDeclName(); 10161 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 10162 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 10163 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10164 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) { 10165 if (Record->isUnion()) 10166 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 10167 << FD->getDeclName(); 10168 else 10169 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 10170 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10171 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 10172 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 10173 << FD->getDeclName(); 10174 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10175 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10176 continue; 10177 } 10178 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 10179 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 10180 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 10181 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 10182 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10183 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10184 continue; 10185 } 10186 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 10187 if (Record) 10188 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10189 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 10190 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 10191 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 10192 // Incomplete type 10193 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10194 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10195 continue; 10196 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10197 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 10198 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 10199 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 10200 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10201 } else { 10202 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 10203 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 10204 // structures. 10205 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 10206 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 10207 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 10208 else { 10209 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 10210 // other structs as an extension. 10211 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 10212 << FD->getDeclName(); 10213 if (Record) 10214 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10215 } 10216 } 10217 } 10218 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 10219 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 10220 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10221 AbstractIvarType)) { 10222 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 10223 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10224 } 10225 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 10226 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10227 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 10228 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 10229 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 10230 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 10231 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 10232 FD->setType(T); 10233 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10234 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) { 10235 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 10236 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 10237 // so we just make the field unavailable. 10238 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 10239 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 10240 QualType T = FD->getType(); 10241 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 10242 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 10243 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 10244 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 10245 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 10246 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 10247 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 10248 } 10249 } else { 10250 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct) 10251 << T->isBlockPointerType(); 10252 } 10253 ARCErrReported = true; 10254 } 10255 } 10256 else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10257 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 10258 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 10259 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 10260 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 10261 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10262 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 10263 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 10264 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 10265 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 10266 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10267 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 10268 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 10269 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10270 } 10271 } 10272 } 10273 // Keep track of the number of named members. 10274 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 10275 ++NumNamedMembers; 10276 } 10277 10278 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 10279 if (Record) { 10280 bool Completed = false; 10281 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 10282 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 10283 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 10284 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 10285 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 10286 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 10287 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 10288 10289 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 10290 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 10291 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 10292 CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) 10293 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 10294 10295 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 10296 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 10297 10298 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 10299 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 10300 // problem now. 10301 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 10302 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 10303 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 10304 10305 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 10306 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 10307 M != MEnd; ++M) { 10308 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 10309 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 10310 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 10311 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 10312 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 10313 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 10314 continue; 10315 10316 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 10317 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 10318 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 10319 // program is ill-formed. 10320 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 10321 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 10322 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 10323 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 10324 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 10325 OM = SO->second.begin(), 10326 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 10327 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 10328 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 10329 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 10330 10331 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10332 } 10333 } 10334 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 10335 Completed = true; 10336 } 10337 } 10338 } 10339 } 10340 10341 if (!Completed) 10342 Record->completeDefinition(); 10343 10344 } else { 10345 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 10346 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 10347 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10348 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 10349 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 10350 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10351 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 10352 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 10353 } 10354 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 10355 // duplicates. 10356 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 10357 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 10358 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 10359 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10360 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 10361 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 10362 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 10363 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 10364 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 10365 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 10366 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 10367 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 10368 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 10369 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10370 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 10371 // reported as errors elsewhere. 10372 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 10373 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 10374 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 10375 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 10376 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 10377 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10378 if (IDecl) { 10379 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 10380 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 10381 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 10382 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 10383 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10384 continue; 10385 } 10386 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl = 10387 IDecl->getFirstClassExtension(); 10388 ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) { 10389 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar = 10390 ClsExtDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 10391 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 10392 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 10393 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10394 continue; 10395 } 10396 } 10397 } 10398 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 10399 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 10400 } 10401 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 10402 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 10403 } 10404 } 10405 10406 if (Attr) 10407 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 10408} 10409 10410/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 10411/// the given type T. 10412static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 10413 llvm::APSInt &Value, 10414 QualType T) { 10415 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 10416 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 10417 10418 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 10419 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 10420 --BitWidth; 10421 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 10422 } 10423 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 10424} 10425 10426// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 10427// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 10428static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 10429 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 10430 // enum checking below. 10431 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 10432 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 10433 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 10434 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 10435 }; 10436 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 10437 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 10438 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 10439 }; 10440 10441 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 10442 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 10443 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 10444 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 10445 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 10446 return Types[I]; 10447 10448 return QualType(); 10449} 10450 10451EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 10452 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 10453 SourceLocation IdLoc, 10454 IdentifierInfo *Id, 10455 Expr *Val) { 10456 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 10457 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 10458 QualType EltTy; 10459 10460 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 10461 Val = 0; 10462 10463 if (Val) 10464 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 10465 10466 if (Val) { 10467 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 10468 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 10469 else { 10470 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 10471 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 10472 !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 10473 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 10474 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 10475 // constant expression of the underlying type. 10476 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10477 ExprResult Converted = 10478 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 10479 CCEK_Enumerator); 10480 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 10481 Val = 0; 10482 else 10483 Val = Converted.take(); 10484 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 10485 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 10486 &EnumVal).take())) { 10487 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 10488 } else { 10489 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10490 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10491 10492 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 10493 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 10494 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 10495 // expression checking. 10496 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 10497 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 10498 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 10499 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10500 } else 10501 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 10502 } else 10503 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10504 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10505 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 10506 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10507 // is the type of its initializing value: 10508 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 10509 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 10510 EltTy = Val->getType(); 10511 } else { 10512 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 10513 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 10514 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 10515 // representable as an int. 10516 10517 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 10518 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 10519 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 10520 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 10521 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 10522 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 10523 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 10524 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10525 } 10526 EltTy = Val->getType(); 10527 } 10528 } 10529 } 10530 } 10531 10532 if (!Val) { 10533 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 10534 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 10535 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 10536 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 10537 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10538 // is the type of its initializing value: 10539 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 10540 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 10541 // 10542 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 10543 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 10544 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10545 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10546 } 10547 else { 10548 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 10549 } 10550 } else { 10551 // Assign the last value + 1. 10552 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10553 ++EnumVal; 10554 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 10555 10556 // Check for overflow on increment. 10557 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 10558 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 10559 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10560 // is the type of its initializing value: 10561 // 10562 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 10563 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 10564 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 10565 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 10566 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 10567 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 10568 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 10569 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 10570 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 10571 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 10572 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10573 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 10574 ++EnumVal; 10575 if (Enum->isFixed()) 10576 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 10577 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 10578 << EnumVal.toString(10) 10579 << EltTy; 10580 else 10581 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 10582 << EnumVal.toString(10); 10583 } else { 10584 EltTy = T; 10585 } 10586 10587 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 10588 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 10589 // value, then increment. 10590 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10591 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 10592 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 10593 ++EnumVal; 10594 10595 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 10596 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 10597 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 10598 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 10599 // integral type. 10600 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 10601 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 10602 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10603 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 10604 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 10605 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 10606 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 10607 } 10608 } 10609 } 10610 10611 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 10612 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 10613 // enumerator's type. 10614 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 10615 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 10616 } 10617 10618 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 10619 Val, EnumVal); 10620} 10621 10622 10623Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 10624 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 10625 AttributeList *Attr, 10626 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 10627 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 10628 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 10629 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 10630 10631 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 10632 // we find one that is. 10633 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 10634 10635 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 10636 // scope. 10637 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 10638 ForRedeclaration); 10639 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10640 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10641 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 10642 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10643 PrevDecl = 0; 10644 } 10645 10646 if (PrevDecl) { 10647 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 10648 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 10649 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 10650 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 10651 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 10652 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 10653 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 10654 else 10655 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 10656 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10657 return 0; 10658 } 10659 } 10660 10661 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 10662 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 10663 // different from T: 10664 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 10665 // enumerated type 10666 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 10667 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 10668 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 10669 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 10670 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 10671 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 10672 10673 EnumConstantDecl *New = 10674 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 10675 10676 if (New) { 10677 // Process attributes. 10678 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 10679 10680 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 10681 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 10682 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 10683 } 10684 10685 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 10686 10687 return New; 10688} 10689 10690// Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 10691// duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 10692// Element2 = Element1 10693// Element2 = Element1 + 1 10694// Element2 = Element1 - 1 10695// Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 10696static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 10697 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 10698 if (!InitExpr) 10699 return true; 10700 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 10701 10702 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 10703 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 10704 return true; 10705 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 10706 if (!IL) 10707 return true; 10708 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 10709 return true; 10710 10711 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 10712 } 10713 10714 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 10715 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 10716 if (!DRE) 10717 return true; 10718 10719 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 10720 if (!EnumConstant) 10721 return true; 10722 10723 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 10724 Enum) 10725 return true; 10726 10727 return false; 10728} 10729 10730struct DupKey { 10731 int64_t val; 10732 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 10733 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 10734 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 10735}; 10736 10737static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 10738 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 10739 false); 10740} 10741 10742struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 10743 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 10744 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 10745 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 10746 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 10747 } 10748 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 10749 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 10750 LHS.val == RHS.val; 10751 } 10752}; 10753 10754// Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 10755// a previous element has already been set to. 10756static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, Decl **Elements, 10757 unsigned NumElements, EnumDecl *Enum, 10758 QualType EnumType) { 10759 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, 10760 Enum->getLocation()) == 10761 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 10762 return; 10763 // Avoid anonymous enums 10764 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 10765 return; 10766 10767 // Only check for small enums. 10768 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 10769 return; 10770 10771 typedef llvm::SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl*, 3> ECDVector; 10772 typedef llvm::SmallVector<ECDVector*, 3> DuplicatesVector; 10773 10774 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 10775 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 10776 ValueToVectorMap; 10777 10778 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 10779 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 10780 10781 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 10782 // an initialier. 10783 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) { 10784 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10785 10786 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 10787 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 10788 if (!ECD) { 10789 return; 10790 } 10791 10792 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 10793 continue; 10794 10795 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 10796 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 10797 10798 // First time encountering this value. 10799 if (Entry.isNull()) 10800 Entry = ECD; 10801 } 10802 10803 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 10804 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) { 10805 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10806 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 10807 continue; 10808 10809 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 10810 10811 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 10812 if (Entry.isNull()) 10813 continue; 10814 10815 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 10816 // Ensure constants are different. 10817 if (D == ECD) 10818 continue; 10819 10820 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 10821 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 10822 Vec->push_back(D); 10823 Vec->push_back(ECD); 10824 10825 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 10826 Entry = Vec; 10827 10828 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 10829 // diagnostics. 10830 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 10831 continue; 10832 } 10833 10834 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 10835 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 10836 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 10837 continue; 10838 10839 Vec->push_back(ECD); 10840 } 10841 10842 // Emit diagnostics. 10843 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 10844 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 10845 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 10846 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 10847 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 10848 10849 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 10850 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 10851 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 10852 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 10853 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 10854 ++I; 10855 10856 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 10857 // the same value. 10858 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 10859 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 10860 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 10861 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 10862 delete Vec; 10863 } 10864} 10865 10866void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 10867 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 10868 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 10869 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 10870 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 10871 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 10872 10873 if (Attr) 10874 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 10875 10876 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 10877 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10878 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 10879 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10880 if (!ECD) continue; 10881 10882 ECD->setType(EnumType); 10883 } 10884 10885 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 10886 return; 10887 } 10888 10889 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 10890 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 10891 // emit a warning. 10892 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 10893 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 10894 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 10895 10896 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 10897 // reverse the list. 10898 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 10899 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 10900 10901 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 10902 bool AllElementsInt = true; 10903 10904 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10905 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 10906 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10907 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 10908 10909 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 10910 10911 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 10912 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 10913 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 10914 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 10915 else 10916 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 10917 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 10918 10919 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 10920 if (AllElementsInt) 10921 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 10922 } 10923 10924 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 10925 QualType BestType; 10926 unsigned BestWidth; 10927 10928 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 10929 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 10930 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 10931 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 10932 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 10933 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 10934 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 10935 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 10936 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 10937 QualType BestPromotionType; 10938 10939 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 10940 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 10941 // enum definitions. 10942 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 10943 Packed = true; 10944 10945 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10946 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10947 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 10948 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 10949 else 10950 BestPromotionType = BestType; 10951 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 10952 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 10953 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 10954 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10955 } 10956 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 10957 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 10958 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 10959 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 10960 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 10961 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 10962 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10963 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 10964 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 10965 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 10966 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 10967 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 10968 BestType = Context.IntTy; 10969 BestWidth = IntWidth; 10970 } else { 10971 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 10972 10973 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 10974 BestType = Context.LongTy; 10975 } else { 10976 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 10977 10978 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 10979 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 10980 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 10981 } 10982 } 10983 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 10984 } else { 10985 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 10986 // all of the enumerator values. 10987 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 10988 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 10989 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 10990 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 10991 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10992 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 10993 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 10994 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 10995 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 10996 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 10997 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 10998 BestWidth = IntWidth; 10999 BestPromotionType 11000 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11001 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 11002 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 11003 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 11004 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 11005 BestPromotionType 11006 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11007 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 11008 } else { 11009 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 11010 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 11011 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 11012 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 11013 BestPromotionType 11014 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11015 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 11016 } 11017 } 11018 11019 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 11020 // the type of the enum if needed. 11021 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 11022 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11023 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 11024 11025 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 11026 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 11027 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 11028 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 11029 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 11030 11031 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 11032 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 11033 11034 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 11035 // the enum decl type. 11036 QualType NewTy; 11037 unsigned NewWidth; 11038 bool NewSign; 11039 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11040 !Enum->isFixed() && 11041 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 11042 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 11043 NewWidth = IntWidth; 11044 NewSign = true; 11045 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 11046 // Already the right type! 11047 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11048 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 11049 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 11050 // enumeration. 11051 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11052 continue; 11053 } else { 11054 NewTy = BestType; 11055 NewWidth = BestWidth; 11056 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 11057 } 11058 11059 // Adjust the APSInt value. 11060 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 11061 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 11062 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 11063 11064 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 11065 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 11066 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 11067 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 11068 CK_IntegralCast, 11069 ECD->getInitExpr(), 11070 /*base paths*/ 0, 11071 VK_RValue)); 11072 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11073 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 11074 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 11075 // enumeration. 11076 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11077 else 11078 ECD->setType(NewTy); 11079 } 11080 11081 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 11082 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 11083 11084 // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about - 11085 // it needs to go into the function scope. 11086 if (InFunctionDeclarator) 11087 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum); 11088 11089 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, NumElements, Enum, EnumType); 11090} 11091 11092Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 11093 SourceLocation StartLoc, 11094 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 11095 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 11096 11097 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11098 AsmString, StartLoc, 11099 EndLoc); 11100 CurContext->addDecl(New); 11101 return New; 11102} 11103 11104DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 11105 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 11106 ModuleIdPath Path) { 11107 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 11108 Module::AllVisible, 11109 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 11110 if (!Mod) 11111 return true; 11112 11113 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 11114 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 11115 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 11116 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 11117 // We need the length to be consistent. 11118 if (!ModCheck) 11119 break; 11120 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 11121 11122 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 11123 } 11124 11125 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 11126 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 11127 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 11128 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 11129 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 11130 return Import; 11131} 11132 11133void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11134 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 11135 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11136 SourceLocation NameLoc, 11137 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 11138 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 11139 LookupOrdinaryName); 11140 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 11141 ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName()); 11142 11143 if (PrevDecl) 11144 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 11145 else 11146 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11147 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 11148} 11149 11150void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11151 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11152 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11153 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 11154 11155 if (PrevDecl) { 11156 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 11157 } else { 11158 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11159 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 11160 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 11161 } 11162} 11163 11164void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11165 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 11166 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11167 SourceLocation NameLoc, 11168 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 11169 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 11170 LookupOrdinaryName); 11171 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 11172 11173 if (PrevDecl) { 11174 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 11175 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 11176 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 11177 } else { 11178 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11179 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 11180 } 11181} 11182 11183Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 11184 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 11185} 11186 11187AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 11188 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 11189 return D->getAvailability(); 11190} 11191